TS3700 series
Online Manual
English
Contents
Using Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Trademarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Updating the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Easy Understanding Network Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Network Connection Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Detect Same Printer Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Connecting with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Performing/Changing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Performing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Assigning Printer Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Handling Paper, Originals, FINE Cartridges, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Loading Originals on Platen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Supported Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Adjusting Print Head Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
WEEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Printer Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Keeping Print Quality High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Main Components and Their Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Checking that Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Unplugging the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Indication of LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Changing Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Changing the Print Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Setting the Ink to be Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Initializing Printer Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Information about Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Supported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Printing from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Basic Printing Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Various Printing Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Setting a Page Size and Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Scaled Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Canon IJ Status Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Printer Driver Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Quick Setup Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Main Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Page Setup Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Maintenance Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Installing the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Printing from Application Software (macOS AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Adding Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
How to Open Printer Settings Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Displaying the Printing Status Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Making Copies on Plain Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Copying on Photo Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Scanning in Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (Scan Utility). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Scan Utility Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Creating/Editing PDF Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Scanning in Basic Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Basic Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Advanced Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
General Notes (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Network Scan Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Scanning in macOS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility Lite). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Network Settings and Common Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB). 346
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Network Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Network Key (Password) Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings. . . . . . . . 357
Printer Settings/Smartphone/Tablet Troubles for Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Checking Network Information of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Restoring to Factory Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Problems While Printing (Scanning) from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Printer Does Not Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Ink Does Not Come Out/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks. . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Vertical Line Next to Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Scanning Problems (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Scanning Problems (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Scanner Driver Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Printer Does Not Turn On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
When Error Occurred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Message (Support Code) Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
List of Support Code for Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
1203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
1430. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
1485. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
1650. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
1651. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
1682. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
1686. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
FINE Cartridge is Not Installed (168A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
1700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
2114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
2900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
2901. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
4102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
5011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
5012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
5B00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage caused by
incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information that must be observed to avoid damage and injury or
improper use of the product. Be sure to read these instructions.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.
11
Trademarks
• Microsoft, Excel, Internet Explorer, Microsoft Edge, Microsoft Store, OneDrive, PowerPoint, Windows
and Windows Vista are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies.
• This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft.
• Mac, Mac OS, macOS, OS X, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPad
Air, iPad mini, iPadOS, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and
other countries.
• The Mopria® word mark and the Mopria® Logo are registered and/or unregistered trademarks of Mopria
Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Drive, Google Apps
and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.
Google Play and Google Play Logo are trademarks of Google LLC.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Illustrator, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB (1998) are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB
(1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
• Amazon, Echo and Alexa are trademarks of Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.
• Google, Google Home, and Android are trademarks of Google LLC.
• LINE is a registered trademark or trademark of LY Corporation.
• LINE Clova is a registered trademark of LY Corporation.
• Google Docs, and Google Drive are trademarks of Google LLC.
• App Store is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
• QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and in other
countries.
• Mozilla Firefox is a trademark or registered trademark of Mozilla Foundation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Wi-Fi, WPA, WPA2 and WPA3 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance.
• All other company names and products mentioned in this guide may be registered trademarks or
trademarks of their respective companies.
13
Licenses
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.1.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
14
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work
and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or
Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this
definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the
Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists,
source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of,
the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication
that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except
as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute
patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in4.
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
15
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works4.
that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in
at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works;
or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions
of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY,
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
16
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) -----
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
17
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
18
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
19
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 [email protected]
Author: Bernhard Penz <[email protected]>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
20
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 10: Lennart Poettering copyright notice (BSD-like) -----
Copyright 2010 Lennart Poettering
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files
(the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
subject to the following conditions:
21
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
---- Part 11: IETF copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2013 IETF Trust and the persons identified as authors of
the code. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Internet Society, IETF or IETF Trust, nor the
names of specific contributors, may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
22
---- Part 12: Arista Networks copyright notice (BSD) ----
Copyright (c) 2013, Arista Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Arista Networks, Inc. nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
---- Part 13: VMware, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2016, VMware, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
23
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of VMware, Inc. nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 14: USC/Information Sciences Institute copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Information Sciences Institute
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Information Sciences Institue nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
24
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
Copyright 2001-2015 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPUTING
RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES
OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Written by Joel Sherrill <[email protected]>.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
25
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it
will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The FreeType Project LICENSE
----------------------------
2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
26
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
============
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to
the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit
license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and
makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which
all encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a
consequence, its main points are that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports.
(`as is' distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us.
(`royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you
must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in
commercial products.
We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The FreeType
Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this
license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.
Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
--------------
Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set
of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the
`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including
compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.
This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.
27
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code,
binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as
distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify
this.
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
All rights reserved except as specified below.
1. No Warranty
--------------
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY
TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
-----------------
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute,
perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project
(in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize
others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:
o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions
or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright
notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of
the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL
to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the
unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
--------------
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial,
advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software
in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library',
or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project
is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right
to use, distribute, and modify it.
Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and
accept all the terms of this license.
4. Contacts
28
-----------
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library
and distribution.
If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the
documentation.
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT ---
The TWAIN Toolkit is distributed as is. The developer and distributors of the TWAIN Toolkit expressly
disclaim all implied, express or statutory warranties including, without limitation, the implied warranties
of merchantability, noninfringement of third party rights and fitness for a particular purpose. Neither the
developers nor the distributors will be liable for damages, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential, as a result of the reproduction, modification, distribution or other use of the TWAIN Toolkit.
JSON for Modern C++
Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Niels Lohmann
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
29
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2014, Kenneth MacKay
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2006, CRYPTOGAMS by <[email protected]> All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain copyright notices, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the CRYPTOGAMS nor the names of its copyright holder and contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
30
ALTERNATIVELY, provided that this notice is retained in full, this product may be distributed under the
terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), in which case the provisions of the GPL apply INSTEAD
OF those given above.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
ISC License
Copyright (c) 2013-2017
Frank Denis <j at pureftpd dot org>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM
LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
All rights reserved.
This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
by Lennart Augustsson ([email protected]) at
Carlstedt Research & Technology.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
31
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2000 Intel Corporation
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTEL OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Lua
Copyright © 1994–2014 Lua.org, PUC-Rio.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the
rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and
to
permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
32
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of
the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH
THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuaSocket
LuaSocket 2.0.2 license
Copyright © 2004-2007 Diego Nehab
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuneScript
Copyright (c) 2018 ifritJP
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
33
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2002-2019, Jouni Malinen <[email protected]> and contributors
All Rights Reserved.
This software may be distributed, used, and modified under the terms of
BSD license:
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name(s) of the above-listed copyright holder(s) nor the
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (C) 2019, Broadcom Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
34
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
The certificate files "Amazon Root CA 1", "Amazon Root CA 2", "Amazon Root CA 4" are licensed under a
Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS," AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright 2008, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
35
* Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 1998-2010, Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved.
The redistribution and use of this software (with or without changes)
is allowed without the payment of fees or royalties provided that:
source code distributions include the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer;
binary distributions include the above copyright notice, this list
of conditions and the following disclaimer in their documentation.
This software is provided 'as is' with no explicit or implied warranties
in respect of its operation, including, but not limited to, correctness
and fitness for purpose.
Disclaimer: IMPORTANT: This Apple software is supplied to you, by Apple Inc. ("Apple"), in your
capacity as a current, and in good standing, Licensee in the MFi Licensing Program. Use of this
Apple software is governed by and subject to the terms and conditions of your MFi License,
including, but not limited to, the restrictions specified in the provision entitled "Public
Software", and is further subject to your agreement to the following additional terms, and your
agreement that the use, installation, modification or redistribution of this Apple software
constitutes acceptance of these additional terms. If you do not agree with these additional terms,
please do not use, install, modify or redistribute this Apple software.
Subject to all of these terms and in consideration of your agreement to abide by them, Apple grants
you, for as long as you are a current and in good-standing MFi Licensee, a personal, non-exclusive
license, under Apple's copyrights in this original Apple software (the "Apple Software"), to use,
reproduce, and modify the Apple Software in source form, and to use, reproduce, modify, and
redistribute the Apple Software, with or without modifications, in binary form. While you may not
redistribute the Apple Software in source form, should you redistribute the Apple Software in binary
form, you must retain this notice and the following text and disclaimers in all such redistributions
of the Apple Software. Neither the name, trademarks, service marks, or logos of Apple Inc. may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from the Apple Software without specific prior written
permission from Apple. Except as expressly stated in this notice, no other rights or licenses,
express or implied, are granted by Apple herein, including but not limited to any patent rights that
36
may be infringed by your derivative works or by other works in which the Apple Software may be
incorporated.
Unless you explicitly state otherwise, if you provide any ideas, suggestions, recommendations, bug
fixes or enhancements to Apple in connection with this software ("Feedback"), you hereby grant to
Apple a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide license to make, use,
reproduce, incorporate, modify, display, perform, sell, make or have made derivative works of,
distribute (directly or indirectly) and sublicense, such Feedback in connection with Apple products
and services. Providing this Feedback is voluntary, but if you do provide Feedback to Apple, you
acknowledge and agree that Apple may exercise the license granted above without the payment of
royalties or further consideration to Participant.
The Apple Software is provided by Apple on an "AS IS" basis. APPLE MAKES NO WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE APPLE SOFTWARE OR ITS USE
AND OPERATION ALONE OR
IN COMBINATION WITH YOUR PRODUCTS.
IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE,
REPRODUCTION, MODIFICATION
AND/OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE APPLE SOFTWARE, HOWEVER CAUSED AND WHETHER UNDER
THEORY OF CONTRACT, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF APPLE HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (C) 2009 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Copyright (c) 2012-2013 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Copyright (C) 2013 Apple Inc. All Rights Reserved.
The following applies only to products supporting PIXUS Cloud Link, PIXMA Cloud Link, or MAXIFY Cloud
Link.
THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS
---------------------------
Written by: Philip Hazel
Email local part: ph10
Email domain: cam.ac.uk
University of Cambridge Computing Service, Cambridge, England.
Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge
All rights reserved.
37
PCRE JUST-IN-TIME COMPILATION SUPPORT
-------------------------------------
Written by: Zoltan Herczeg
Email local part: hzmester
Emain domain: freemail.hu
Copyright(c) 2010-2012 Zoltan Herczeg
All rights reserved.
STACK-LESS JUST-IN-TIME COMPILER
--------------------------------
Written by: Zoltan Herczeg
Email local part: hzmester
Emain domain: freemail.hu
Copyright(c) 2009-2012 Zoltan Herczeg
All rights reserved.
THE C++ WRAPPER FUNCTIONS
-------------------------
Contributed by: Google Inc.
Copyright (c) 2007-2012, Google Inc.
All rights reserved.
THE "BSD" LICENCE
-----------------Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted
provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google
Inc. nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
38
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.
39
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Use AirPrint to print photographs, E-mails, web pages, and other documents without having to download
special applications.
Checking Your Environment
First, check your environment.
• AirPrint Operation Environment•
iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch running the latest version of iOS
• Requirement•
The iOS device and the printer must be connected to the same network over a LAN.
Printing with AirPrint from iOS Device
1.
Check that printer is turned on
1.
Note
• If Auto power on is enabled, printer automatically turns itself on when receiving a print job.
2. Load paper in printer2.
3. Tap operation icon using your iOS device's application3.
The following screen appears when printing from iOS 12's Safari. The screen differs depending on the
devices or applications.
41
Menu options appear.
4. Tap Print4.
5.
Select your model name from Printer on Printer Options
5.
42
Important
• Because some applications do not support AirPrint, Printer Options may not be displayed. If
an application does not let you use printer options, you cannot print from that application.
6. Check Print Settings6.
Set the number of copies to be printed and print options, as needed.
7.
Tap Print
7.
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
Note
• It can take the Wi-Fi a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after checking
that the printer is connected to the network.
• You cannot use AirPrint if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and
enable Bonjour settings.
•
Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems when using AirPrint.
Paper Size
With AirPrint, you can print by selecting the paper set in your printer.
Set the paper in the printer in advance and register the paper type and paper size with AirPrint.
For details on how to register paper, see "Set Paper."
Checking Print Status
You can check the print status of AirPrint from Print Center.
Tap Print Center that is displayed in multitasking mode on your iOS device.
43
Deleting Print Job
To delete a print job with AirPrint, use one of the following two methods:
• From printer: Use Stop button to cancel the print job.
• From iOS device: Tap Print Center that is displayed in multitasking mode. In the screen that appears,
tap on the print job to be deleted, and then tap Cancel Printing.
44
Easy Understanding Network Connections
What is Wireless Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) using a wireless router.
If you have a wireless router, we recommend you use one for wireless connection.
• Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type.
• You can change network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol on the printer.
• When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is
displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.
What is Wireless Direct Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) without using a wireless router.
• While you are using the printer with Wireless Direct, Internet connection from the printer becomes
unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
• If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the
Wireless Direct, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case,
the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your
device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply.
• In the Wireless Direct, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a sixth
device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears, disconnect a
device you do not use and configure settings again.
• Network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol are specified automatically.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
What is Wired Connection
Connect the printer and hub/router using a LAN cable. To make a wired connection on a model that supports
wired connection, prepare a LAN cable.
USB Connection (Reference)
Note
• You can connect the printer and computer using a USB cable (USB connection). Prepare a USB cable.
For details, see Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices.
45
Network Connection Settings/Setup
Perform connection setup for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
For more on setup procedure, see the web page.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Changing Network Settings
See below for changing connection settings for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
• To change network connection method:
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Changing the Connection Mode
• To add computer/smartphone/tablet to the printer:
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant checks or diagnoses the settings of the printer and those of computer and
restores the status of them if anything is wrong with network connection. Select either link below to download
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
• Performing/Changing Network Settings (Windows)•
For Windows, you can perform network settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows)
• Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings (Windows/macOS)•
You can diagnose or repair network settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
◦ For Windows:◦
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows)
◦ For macOS:◦
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (macOS)
Network Connection Tips
See below for tips on using the printer via network connection.
Network Connection Tips
Handling Printer Configuration Using the Web Browser
Countermeasures against Unauthorized Access
Troubleshooting
See Network Settings and Common Problems for troubleshooting on network connection.
Notice/Restriction
See below for details.
• Restrictions on network settings:
46
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a computer) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
However, you can use a Wi-Fi connection and Wireless Direct at the same time.
For restrictions, see the following.
Connect via wireless router
• Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings,
see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
• Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of wireless routers vary
depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your wireless router or contact
its manufacturer.
• Depending on your country or region, this printer does not support wireless networking standards
using the 5 GHz band.
• WEP, WPA-PSK (TKIP) or WPA2-PSK (TKIP) cannot be used as the security method. For security
reasons, we recommend setting your wireless router to WPA2-PSK (AES) or WPA3.
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the
setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.
• When connecting to Wi-Fi outdoors, do not connect to a 5 GHz network (SSID).
The 5 GHz band available for use with the printer includes the channels that are allowed for indoor
use only, depending on your country or region.
For details on the 5 GHz network (SSID) of your wireless router, see the manual supplied with the
wireless router, or contact its manufacturer.
• For office use, consult your network administrator.
• Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be
disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
• If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer•
in Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be
disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection
automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data
connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information will
be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after
disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection
mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the
48
device.
For details on changing the settings of your device, see the manual supplied with the device or
contact its manufacturer.
• If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become
unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
• In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, and then redo the settings.
• Wireless Direct connects a device (such as a computer) to the printer at 2.4 GHz.
• Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.
• When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
49
Default Network Settings
LAN Connection Defaults
Item Default
Network name(SSID) BJNPSETUP
Wi-Fi security Disable
IP address (IPv4) Auto setup
IP address (IPv6) Auto setup
Set printer name* XXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable/disable IPv6 Enable
Enable/disable WSD Enable
Timeout setting 15 min.
Enable/disable Bonjour Enable
Service name Canon TS3700 series
LPR protocol setting Enable
RAW protocol Enable
LLMNR Enable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer.
Wireless Direct Defaults
Item Default
Network name(SSID) XXXXXX-TS3700series *
Password Printer serial number
Wi-Fi security WPA2-PSK (AES)
*(XXXXXX is the last six digits of MAC address of the printer.)
51
Detect Same Printer Name
When the printer is detected during setup, plural printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
• For Windows:•
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
• For macOS:•
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
• Serial number may not appear on result screen.
To check the printer's MAC address and the serial number, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
52
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to
LAN Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, click
here and perform setup.
53
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.•
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
2.
3.
Press Information button.
3.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not
displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Item Num-
ber
Item Description Setting
1 Product Information Product information –
1-1 Product Name Product name XXXXXXXX
1-2 ROM Version ROM version XXXXXXXX
1-3 Serial Number Serial number XXXXXXXX
2 Network Diagnostics Network diagnostics –
2-1 Diagnostic Result Diagnostic result XXXXXXXX
2-2 Result Codes Result codes XXXXXXXX
2-3 Result Code Details Result code details http://canon.com/ijnwt
3 Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Enable/Disable
3-1 WPS PIN CODE WPS PIN code XXXXXXXX
3-2 Infrastructure Infrastructure Enable/Disable
3-2-1 Signal Strength Signal strength 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-2 Link Quality Link quality 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-3 Frequency Frequency XX [GHz]
3-2-4 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-2-5 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-2-6 SSID SSID Wireless LAN network name (SSID)
54
3-2-7 Channel Channel XX (1 to 13)
3-2-8 Encryption Encryption method None/AES
3-2-10 Authentication Authentication method None/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK/WPA3-SAE
3-2-11 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable/Disable
3-2-12 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-13 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-14 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-15 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-2-16 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-17 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-2-18 Stateless Address1 Stateless address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-19 Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length
1
XXX
3-2-20 Stateless Address2 Stateless address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-21 Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length
2
XXX
3-2-22 Stateless Address3 Stateless address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-23 Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length
3
XXX
3-2-24 Stateless Address4 Stateless address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-25 Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length
4
XXX
3-2-26 Default Gateway1 Default gateway 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-27 Default Gateway2 Default gateway 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-28 Default Gateway3 Default gateway 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
55
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-29 Default Gateway4 Default gateway 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-33 IPsec IPsec setting Active/Inactive
3-2-34 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (not selected)
3-3 Wireless Direct/Access
Point Mode
Operation mode for
Wireless Direct
Enable/Disable
3-3-1 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-3-2 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-3-3 SSID SSID Wireless Direct network name (SSID)
3-3-4 Password Password Wireless Direct password
3-3-5 Channel Channel 3, 6
3-3-6 Encryption Encryption method AES
3-3-7 Authentication Authentication method WPA2-PSK
3-3-8 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable/Disable
3-3-9 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-10 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-11 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-12 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-3-13 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-3-14 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-3-15 IPsec IPsec setting Active/Inactive
3-3-16 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (not selected)
3-3-17 Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous recep-
tion (wireless direct)
Disable
3-3-18 Frequency Wireless Direct fre-
quency
XX [GHz]
5 Other Settings Other settings –
5-1 Printer Name Printer name Printer name (Up to 15 alphanumeric characters)
56
5-4 WSD Printing WSD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-5 WSD Timeout Timeout 1/5/10/15/20 [min]
5-6 LPD Printing LPD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-7 RAW Printing RAW printing setting Enable/Disable
5-9 Bonjour Bonjour setting Enable/Disable
5-10 Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name (Up to 52 alphanumeric characters)
5-11 LLMNR LLMNR setting Enable/Disable
5-12 SNMP SNMP setting Enable/Disable
5-14 DNS Server Obtain DNS server ad-
dress automatically
Auto/Manual
5-15 Primary Server Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-16 Secondary Server Secondary server ad-
dress
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-17 Proxy Server Proxy server setting Enable/Disable
5-18 Proxy Address Proxy address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
5-19 Proxy Port Proxy port specification 1 to 65535
5-20 Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1) Certificate finger-
print(SHA-1)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
5-21 Cert. Fin-
gerprt(SHA-256)
Certificate finger-
print(SHA-256)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
7 Web Services Web Services –
7-1 Unsent Usage Logs Number of unsent us-
age logs
0 to 200
7-2 Usage Log Last Sent Last date when usage
log was sent
XXXXXXXX
7-3 Web Service Status Registration status Not set/Disabled/Registration pending/Registered
7-4 Log Transmission Sta-
tus
Transmission result Not activated/Processing/Server error/Connection er-
ror/Timeout error/Error/Awaiting server response/Active
7-5 Subscription Informa-
tion
Subscription Informa-
tion
Subscription agreement information (Printed with or without
subscription agreement)
7-5-1 Subscription Ink
7-5-2 Remaining Offline
Prints
57
7-5-3 Installed Cartridge Type
7-5-4 Online Support Support page URL for
subscription contractors
only (If mentioned)
If you have a subscription contract, please check the con-
tractor-only support page.
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
58
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Check the following items when connecting a newly added computer to the LAN environment to the printer,
changing the connection method from USB to LAN, or changing the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) connection
method.
1. Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
3. Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
1. Connects to Another Computer via LAN/
Changes from USB to LAN Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, refer
to Setup Guide to setup.
2. Switching LAN Connection Method
If you want to switch to USB connection when the printer is used with a LAN connection, check the
following item.
For Windows:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
For macOS:
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
59
3. Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi
Connection
• If you want to switch to Wireless Direct when using the printer with Wi-Fi connection:•
Connecting with Wireless Direct
• Switching to a Wi-Fi connection when using the printer Wireless Direct:•
If you connect the printer to your computer or smartphone via a wireless router for the first time to
print, or if you want to change the connection frequency between the printer and the wireless router,
perform the setup.
For Windows:
Refer to Changing the Connection Mode.
For macOS:
Refer to Setup Guide and redo setup.
60
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Follow either procedure below to change Wi-Fi connection method (infrastructure or Wireless Direct).
• For Windows:•
See Changing the Connection Mode.
◦ Perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.◦
Important
Before you perform settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, turn on Easy wireless
connect mode on the printer following the procedure below.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Press and hold (Wireless connect) button for 3 seconds.
2.
Indication of LCD
3.
Perform operations following instructions on your computer, smartphone/tablet.
3.
• For macOS:•
See Changing the Connection Mode.
61
Connecting with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. computer, smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
• Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)•
• Direct wireless connection (connecting devices directly without a wireless router)•
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print by connecting the devices to the printer
directly.
Follow the procedure below to set up and use Wireless Direct.
1. Preparing the printer.1.
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
2. Preparing a device to connect to the printer.2.
Connecting a smartphone/tablet/computer to the printer
Important
• You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time with Wireless Direct.•
• Check the usage restrictions and switch the printer to the Wireless Direct.•
Restrictions
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
1.
Make sure the printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press the Wireless select button.2.
The icon appears on the LCD.
The Wireless Direct is enabled and a device can be connected to the printer wirelessly.
Note
• To check the printer's MAC address and the current Wireless Direct settings, print out the•
network setting information.
Printing Network Settings
Connecting a smartphone/tablet/computer to the printer
1.
Enable Wi-Fi function on smartphone/tablet/computer.
1.
Enable Wi-Fi in the Settings menu on your smartphone/tablet/computer.
For instructions on enabling the Wi-Fi function, refer to the instruction manual for your smartphone/
tablet/computer.
62
2. Select "XXXXXX-TS3700series" ("XXXXXX" represents last six digits of printer's MAC2.
address.) from list displayed on smartphone/tablet/computer.
Note
•
If "XXXXXX-TS3700series" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct is not enabled.
•
See Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct to enable Wireless Direct.
3.
Enter password on smartphone/tablet/computer.
3.
Your device is connected to the printer.
Note
•
Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect a device
to the printer via wireless LAN. Enter the password specified for the printer.
•
You can check the printer's password by printing the network setting information.
•
Printing Network Settings
You can print from your smartphone or tablet by installing the App . Download it from App Store
and Google Play.
For iOS device
For Android device
63
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows)
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Performing/Changing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection
Important
• Some functions may not be available depending on your model and software version.
64
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose or repair the network status, and to perform printer
settings on network.
Use Wi-Fi Connection Assistant for:
• Searching printers on network and performing initial network setup for detected printers
• Performing initial network setup by connecting the printer and computer using a USB cable (Not
available for some models)
• Changing printer network settings
• Diagnosing the settings of the printer and those of computer on which Wi-Fi Connection Assistant is
installed if anything is wrong with connection. In addition, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant repairs the status
of the printer and computer (Not available for some models).
Important
• Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is already specified for the printer•
at the time of purchase. When you change the network settings, authentication by the administrator
password is required.
For details:
Administrator Password
For improving security, we recommend to change the administrator password.
Change Administrator Password
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, disable block function of firewall.
• Do not change network settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant while printing is in progress.
65
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant as shown below.
In Windows 11, from (Start button) on the taskbar, select All apps > Canon Utilities > Wi-Fi
Connection Assistant.
Note
• In Windows 10, select Start > (All apps > ) > Canon Utilities > Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• In Windows 7, click Start and select All Programs, Canon Utilities, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, and
then Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
When you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, a message appears. Check the message and select Yes.
The screen below appears.
Select Diagnose and Repair or Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
• If you select Diagnose and Repair:•
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
• If you select Printer Network Setup:•
Performing/Changing Network Settings
66
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the computer
and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.•
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Follow the procedure below.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Diagnose and Repair on the displayed screen.
3.
Perform operations following the instructions on the screen.
Note
• This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether a web page on the Internet can be viewed
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
67
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen Toolbar
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
The screen below appears when you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and select Printer Network
Setup. Detected printers are listed on the screen and the items below are shown.
A: Product Name
Displays the product name of detected printer. The icon below appears on the left if the printer cannot
be used.
: Appears when the printer requires setup or has not been configured.
: Appears when the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
: Appears when you cannot communicate with the printer.
Note
• If a printer you want to use is not detected, try to set the criteria for printer search.•
Setting Criteria for Printer Search/Searching Specific Printer
• Right-clicking a printer displays setting items or items to confirm.•
B: Serial Number (Last 5 Digits)
Displays the last five digits of printer's serial number.
C: Status
Displays the printer status as shown below.
• Available•
Indicates the printer is available.
• Setup Completed•
69
Appears after performing network setup and clicking Set to close the window.
• Requires Setup•
Indicates the printer is required to perform Wi-Fi setup.
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
• Not Set•
Indicates the printer cannot be used on network, or IPv6 is disabled. Specify an IP address or
enable IPv6 on Network Settings....
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
• IP Address Overlap•
Indicates the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
• Unknown•
Indicates the printer recognized as Available in the past cannot be used currently.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.•
D: IP Address
Displays the printer IP address. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
E: Location
Displays the printer location if it is registered. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires
Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
F: Connection Method
Displays printer connection method (wired LAN, Wi-Fi, or USB).
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, USB is displayed.
• If the printer supports both of the LAN connection methods, the printer is recognized as two
printers and they are displayed separately. (The same numbers are displayed on Serial Number
(Last 5 Digits).)
• If the printer does not support wired LAN, wired LAN is not displayed.
• If you are using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant on the computer which does not support Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi
is not displayed.
G: Setting Method
Displays printer setting method.
• Auto•
70
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified automatically.
• Manual•
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified manually.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
H: MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of the detected printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
I: Device Name
Displays the printer device name if it is registered.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
• The printer with Requires Setup displayed on Status is not displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
J: IPv6
On appears when an IPv6 address is assigned for the printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.•
K: Displays the printer status and operation guides.
Selecting a printer from the printer list displays its current status and what to do next.
Menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
This section describes menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant screen.
A: Printer Settings menu
Printer Settings Menu
B: View menu
View Menu
C: Option menu
Option Menu
71
D: Help menu
Help Menu
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen Toolbar
This section describes items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen toolbar.
A: Perform wired or Wi-Fi setup.
Note
• This item has the same function as Network Settings... in the Printer Settings menu.
B: Redetects printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Update in the View menu.
C: Stops detecting printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Cancel in the View menu.
D: Switches the printer list. (IPv4, IPv6, or USB printers)
Note
• This item has the same function as Switch View in the View menu.
• You can also display the USB connected printer list. (Not available for some models.) In this
case, select USB.
E: Displays this guide.
Note
• This item has the same function as Online Manual in the Help menu.
72
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change Wi-Fi settings.
Important
• Enable Easy wireless connect (Cableless setup) before performing printer setup. (Not required if you
change the IP address.) For details, search for "NR049" on your printer's online manual and see the
page shown.
• If you plan to use a printer over Wi-Fi, make sure you perform security settings for the Wi-Fi network.
Note
• For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using Wi-Fi Connection
Assistant. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.4.
Select the printer with Wi-Fi displayed on Connection Method and Available or Requires Setup
displayed on Status to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available or Requires Setup not displayed on Status via
USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5. Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
•
Clicking the icon allows you to perform/change settings.
•
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4 and the selected printer is compatible with wired
•
LAN, the screen below appears after the Confirm Printer Password screen appears
74
Select Wi-Fi and click OK.
6. Enter password and click OK.6.
The Network Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.7.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
• IPv4/IPv6 settings
•
A: Network Type:
Select the Wi-Fi mode.
◦
Infrastructure
◦
Connects the printer to the Wi-Fi with a wireless router.
◦ Direct◦
Connects the printer to wireless communication devices (smartphone or tablet) without a
wireless router.
Note
If Wi-Fi is enabled on the computer and if you select a USB connected printer on step
4, you can select Direct depending on the printer you are using.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot
perform any settings.
In addition, you cannot connect to Internet from your computer depending on your
operating environment.
B: Network Name (SSID):
The network name (SSID) of the Wi-Fi currently used is displayed.
75
The network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct appears while in Wireless Direct.
C: Search...
The Detected Wireless Routers screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect
to. For a wireless router already connected to the computer, Available is displayed on
Communication Status.
If you select a wireless router with Not Connected on Communication Status from the list,
clicking Set displays the WPA/WPA2 or WEP setting screen for a wireless router.
If WEP Details Screen Appears
If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears
D: Encryption Type:
Displays the encryption method used over the Wi-Fi.
•
IPv4 settings
•
Note
•
The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network
•
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your wireless router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
76
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
• IPv6 settings•
Note
•
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
•
on the printer you are using.
For details, see
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
• The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network•
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
•
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
•
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
77
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
•
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.8.
78
Assigning Printer Information
Follow the procedure below to assign/change printer location name or device name.
The names appear on Device Name: and Location: on the Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant screen.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, this setting item is not available.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4.
Select printer to assign location name and device name.
4.
Select the printer with Available displayed on Status.
5. Select Detailed Printer Settings... on Printer Settings menu.5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
6. Enter password and click OK.6.
The Detailed Printer Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.7.
The setting items below are available.
A: Device Name:
Assigns the device name.
B: Location:
Assigns the location name.
8.
Click Set.
8.
79
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• G4000 series
• PRO-500 series
• PRO-1000 series
• MB2100 series
• MB2700 series
• MB5100 series
• MB5400 series
• iB4100 series
• PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000
• PRO-6000S
• TS9000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS5000 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
80
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via
USB Connection
For the following models, you can perform settings only for IPv4 using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. (You
cannot perform settings for IPv6.)
• iB4100 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
• G4000 series
• TS5000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS9000 series
• TR8500 series
• TR7500 series
• TS9100 series
• TS8100 series
• TS6100 series
• TS5100 series
• TS3100 series
• E3100 series
• TS300 series
• E300 series
• TR8580 series
• TS9180 series
• TS8180 series
• TS6180 series
• TR8530 series
• TR7530 series
• TS8130 series
• TS6130 series
• XK70 series
• XK50 series
• G4010 series
• G3010 series
• TR4500 series
• E4200 series
• TS6200 series
• TS6280 series
• TS6230 series
• TS8200 series
• XK80 series
• TS8280 series
• TS8230 series
• TS9500 series
• TS9580 series
81
• TR9530 series
• TS3300 series
• E3300 series
82
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (macOS)
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Important
• Some functions may not be available depending on your model and software version.
83
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
If anything is wrong with connection, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses the settings of the printer and
those of computer on which it is installed. In addition, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant restores the status of the
printer and computer.
Important
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, disable block function of firewall.
84
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Start up Launchpad, select Canon Utilities, and then select Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
When you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, the screen below appears.
Enter the password specified for your computer and select Install Helper. Wi-Fi Connection Assistant starts
diagnosis and repair of network.
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
85
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the computer
and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.•
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant starts checking the computer settings when it starts up. Perform operations
following the instructions on the screen.
Note
• This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
86
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• G4000 series
• PRO-500 series
• PRO-1000 series
• MB2100 series
• MB2700 series
• MB5100 series
• MB5400 series
• iB4000 series
• PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-560
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-6000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000S
• TS9000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS5000 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
87
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
You can load plain paper or photo paper.
Important
• If you cut plain paper to a size of 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) or smaller to perform a trial print, it may cause a•
paper jam.
Note
• We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos. For details on the Canon genuine•
paper, see Supported Media Types.
• You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour•
Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1. Prepare paper.1.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may•
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the•
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Check3
in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is
Scratched.
2.
Open the paper support (A).
2.
90
3.
Pull out the paper output tray (B) and the output tray extension (C).
3.
4. Open paper guide (D).4.
5.
Load paper vertically against the far right of the rear tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING
5.
YOU.
91
6.
Adjust the paper guide with the paper left side.
6.
Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
Important
• Always load paper in portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in landscape orientation (F) can cause•
paper jams.
Note
•
Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (G).
•
92
After loading paper on the rear tray, the Paper status and the current paper size flash on the LCD.
7. Press Paper Select button (H) to select a paper size according to the paper loaded on the7.
rear tray and press OK button (I).
Note
• There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at•
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
93
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the size set for the paper•
loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make paper settings in accordance
with the rear tray paper size setting. When this function is enabled, an error code is displayed if these
settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When the error code is displayed, check and correct
the paper settings.
94
Important
•
Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the
•
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
•
The printer cannot scan the striped area (B) (0.04 in. (1 mm) from the edges of the platen glass).
•
3.
Close the document cover gently.
3.
97
Important
• After loading the original on the platen, be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or•
scan.
98
Supported Originals
Item Details
Types of originals Text document, magazine, or newspaper
Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.)
Size (width x height) Max. 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
99
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the error code will appear on the LCD to inform you of the
error. In this state, the printer cannot print or scan. Check the error code and take appropriate action.
When Error Occurred
While using the printer, the periphery of the paper output slot may become dirty with ink.
Before replacing the FINE Cartridge, clean the periphery of the paper output slot.
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace a FINE cartridge, follow the procedure below.
Important
• Do not touch the electrical contacts (A) or print head nozzle (B) on a FINE cartridge. The printer may•
not print properly if you touch them.
• If you remove a FINE cartridge, replace it immediately. Do not leave the printer with the FINE•
cartridge removed.
• Use a new FINE cartridge for replacement. Installing a used FINE cartridge may cause the nozzles to•
clog.
Furthermore, with such a FINE cartridge, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the
FINE cartridge properly.
Note
• For Windows, if a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, you can print with either color or black FINE•
cartridge, in whichever ink remains, only for a while.
For information on how to configure this setting, see below.
Setting the Ink to be Used
• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-and-•
white printing is specified.
Both color ink and black ink are also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the
print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer. When ink runs out,
replace the FINE cartridge immediately with a new one.
Ink Tips
101
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Retract the paper output tray and the output tray extension.2.
3. Open the cover (C).3.
The FINE cartridge holder (D) moves to the replacement position.
Caution
•
Do not hold the FINE cartridge holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the FINE
•
cartridge holder until it stops completely.
Important
• Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.•
4.
Remove the empty FINE cartridge.
4.
1. Push down the ink cartridge lock lever (E) of the empty FINE cartridge until it clicks.1.
102
2. Remove the FINE cartridge (F).2.
5. Prepare a new FINE cartridge.5.
1. Take a new FINE cartridge out of its package and remove the protective tape (G) gently.1.
103
Important
• Do not touch the electrical contacts or print head nozzle on a FINE cartridge. The printer may•
not print properly if you touch them.
6.
Install the FINE cartridge.
6.
1. Insert the new FINE cartridge straight into the FINE cartridge holder all the way until it1.
touches the back.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be
installed into the right slot.
Important
•
Insert the FINE cartridge gently so that it does not hit the electrical contacts on the FINE cartridge
•
holder.
2. Push up the ink cartridge lock lever until it clicks.2.
The FINE cartridge will be locked.
104
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation
Panel
Note
• The ink level detector is mounted on the printer to detect the remaining ink level. The printer considers•
as ink is full when a new FINE cartridge is installed, and then starts to detect a remaining ink level. If
you install a used FINE cartridge, the indicated ink level of it may not be correct. In such case, refer to
the ink level information only as a guide.
• When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the ink lamps and the Alarm lamp will flash to inform you•
of the error. Also the error code is displayed on the LCD. Check the error code and take appropriate
action.
When Error Occurred
In the copy standby mode, you can check the ink status with the Color Ink lamp and Black Ink lamp.
A: Alarm lamp
B: Black Ink lamp
C: Color Ink lamp
Color Ink lamp or Black Ink lamp lights
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink cartridge. The resulting print quality may not be satisfactory, if
printing is continued under this condition.
Color Ink lamp or Black Ink lamp flashes, while Alarm lamp flashes
An error has occurred.
When Error Occurred
* For some types of errors, the Alarm lamp may not flash.
Note
• You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.•
For Windows:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
For macOS:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
106
Ink Tips
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing. Ink is not only used for printing, but also for cleaning the
print head to maintain the optimal printing quality.
The printer has the function to automatically clean the ink jet nozzles to prevent clogging. In the cleaning
procedure, used ink for nozzle cleaning is limited to a small amount.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
107
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
• Do not rinse or wipe the FINE cartridge. This can cause trouble with the FINE cartridge.•
Note
• Check if ink remains in the FINE cartridge.•
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel
• Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly.•
Replacing Procedure
Also check if the protective tape on the bottom of the FINE cartridge is removed.
• If the Alarm lamp lights or flashes, see When Error Occurred.•
• For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.•
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
•
For Windows:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
• For macOS:•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
109
If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern:
Step3
Clean the print head.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
•
For Windows:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
•
For macOS:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
Deep Print Head Cleaning
From the computer
•
For Windows:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
•
For macOS:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved:
Step5
Replace the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Note
• If the problem is still not resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge, contact Canon to request a•
repair.
110
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the FINE•
Cartridge whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the rear tray.
2.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
3.
Press the Setup button until 1 appears on the LCD.
3.
4. Press the Black button or the Color button.4.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the printing of the nozzle check pattern.
5.
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
5.
112
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern A or horizontal white streaks in the pattern B.1.
If there are missing lines in the pattern A:
C: Good
D: Bad (lines are missing)
If there are horizontal white streaks in the pattern B:
E: Good
F: Bad (horizontal white streaks are present)
If any color in the pattern A or the pattern B is not printed:
(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)
If one of the above is applied,
cleaning the print head is required.
113
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle
check pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head
consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Press the Setup button until 2 appears on the LCD.
2.
3.
Press the Black button or the Color button.
3.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
The cleaning will be complete when the ON lamp lights after flashing.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes
about 1 minute.
4.
Check the print head condition.
4.
To check the print head condition, print the nozzle check pattern.
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.•
114
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Press the Setup button until 3 appears on the LCD.
2.
3.
Press the Black button or the Color button.
3.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
The cleaning will be complete when the ON lamp lights after flashing.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This
takes about 1 to 2 minutes.
4.
Check the print head condition.
4.
To check the print head condition, print the nozzle check pattern.
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, replace the FINE cartridge with a new one. If the problem is still not
resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge, contact Canon to request a repair.
115
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.•
Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper on the rear tray.
2.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
3.
Press the Setup button until 4 appears on the LCD.
3.
4. Press the Black button or the Color button.4.
The print head alignment sheet will be printed.
Important
•
Do not touch any printed part on the print head alignment sheet. If the sheet is stained or wrinkled,
•
it may not be scanned properly.
116
• If the print head alignment sheet was not printed correctly, press the Stop button, and redo this•
procedure from the beginning.
5. Place print head alignment sheet on platen.5.
Place the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN and align the mark
on the upper left corner of the sheet with the alignment mark .
6. Close the document cover gently, then press the Black button or the Color button.6.
The printer starts scanning the print head alignment sheet, and the print head position will be adjusted
automatically.
The print head position adjustment will be complete when the ON lamp lights after flashing.
Remove the print head alignment sheet on the platen.
Important
• Do not open the document cover or move the print head alignment sheet on the platen until•
adjusting the print head position is complete.
• If adjusting the print head position has failed, the Alarm lamp lights up. Press the OK button to•
release the error, then take appropriate action.
When Error Occurred
Note
• For Windows, when the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as•
described above, adjust the print head position manually from the computer.
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
• To print and check the current head position adjustment values, press the Setup button until 6 appears•
on the LCD, and press the Black button or the Color button.
117
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant
Tool)
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is an application software to perform printer maintenance or change the
settings of the printer.
When MP Drivers are installed, Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is also installed.
To install only Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, access the Canon web site and download the software.
Note
• For details on installing the MP Drivers, see "Installing the MP Drivers."
How to start the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool can be started in the following ways.
• Click Maintenance and Preferences icon in the Maintenance tab of the printer driver.
• From Windows Start menu, click (All apps, Apps, or All Programs ->) Canon Utilities -> IJ Printer
Assistant Tool.
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
119
Cleaning the Print Heads
The print head Cleaning and Deep Cleaning functions allow you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Cleaning
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2.
Click Cleaning
2.
When the Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which Cleaning is to be
performed.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing Cleaning.
3. Perform Cleaning3.
Check that the printer is on and then click Start.
Print Head Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Cleaning
4.
Click OK when the confirmation message is displayed.
The Nozzle Check dialog box will open.
5.
Check the results
5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check
process, click Cancel.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
• Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than Cleaning. Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
121
2. Click Deep Cleaning2.
When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which Deep Cleaning is to be
performed.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing Deep Cleaning.
3. Perform Deep Cleaning3.
Check that the printer is on and then click Start.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
Print head Deep Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Deep Cleaning
4.
Click OK when the confirmation message is displayed.
The Nozzle Check dialog box will open.
5.
Check the results
5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check
process, click Cancel.
Important
• Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Deep
Cleaning only when necessary.
Note
• If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning, turn off the printer, wait 24 hours, and then
perform Deep Cleaning again. If there is still no sign of improvement, see "Ink Does Not Come Out."
Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
122
Aligning the Print Head
When you perform head position adjustment, errors in the print head adjustment position are corrected and
conditions such as color and line streaking are improved.
If the print results appear uneven because of line shifts or other conditions, adjust the position of the print
head.
On this printer, you can adjust the print head either automatically or manually.
123
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
Any error in the print head installation position can cause color and line shifts. Adjusting the print head
position improves print results.
Print head position can be adjusted either automatically or manually.
These instructions are for performing Print Head Alignment manually.
Important
• A pattern will be printed for head alignment. Do not open the cover while printing is in progress.
Print Head Alignment
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2. Check that the printer power is on, and then click Custom Settings2.
The Custom Settings dialog box appears.
3.
Set to manual adjustment
3.
Select Align heads manually.
4. Apply settings4.
Click OK. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
5. Click Print Head Alignment5.
The Print Head Alignment dialog box appears.
6.
Load paper in printer
6.
Load two sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray.
7.
Run head position adjustment
7.
Click Start. Perform the necessary operations by following the message instructions.
8.
Check printed patterns
8.
In each entry field, enter the number of the pattern with the least prominent streaks or stripes from
among the printed patterns.
You can also enter numbers into the entry fields automatically by clicking relevant pattern in the
preview.
124
After completing the entries, click OK.
Note
• If the patterns are not uniform, select the pattern with the least prominent vertical streaks.
(A) Less prominent vertical streaks
(B) More prominent vertical streaks
• If the patterns are not uniform, select the pattern with the least prominent horizontal stripes.
(A) Less prominent horizontal stripes
(B) More prominent horizontal stripes
9.
Check message content, and click OK
9.
The print head adjustment patterns on the second sheet are printed.
10.
Check printed patterns
10.
In each entry field, enter the number of the pattern with the least prominent stripes from among the
printed patterns.
You can also enter numbers into the entry fields automatically by clicking relevant pattern in the
preview.
125
After completing the entries, click OK.
Note
• If the patterns are not uniform, select the pattern with the least prominent horizontal stripes.
(A) Less prominent horizontal stripes
(B) More prominent horizontal stripes
11. Complete head position adjustment11.
Click OK.
The adjustment of the head position is complete.
Note
• In the Print Head Alignment dialog box, click Print Alignment Value to print the current settings so
that you can check the settings.
126
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
You can perform maintenance of printer and change the settings from a Remote UI.
The following is the procedure to open a Remote UI.
1. Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners1.
2.
Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies...
2.
3.
Click Show Printer Webpage... in General tab
3.
Remote UI starts.
Note
•
The password may have to be entered after Remote UI starts. In such a case, enter the password
and click OK. In case you do not know the password, click Passwords and cookies.
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Reducing the Printer Noise
128
Cleaning the Print Heads
The print head Cleaning and Deep Cleaning functions allow you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Cleaning
1.
Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
2.
Click Cleaning
2.
Before performing Cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Cleaning.
• Is there ink remaining?
•
Did you push in the ink completely until you heard a clicking sound?
• If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Did you install the inks in their correct positions?
3. Perform Cleaning3.
Click Yes.
Print head Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Cleaning
4.
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
• Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than Cleaning. Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
1.
Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
129
2. Click Deep Cleaning2.
Before performing Deep Cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Deep Cleaning.
• Is there ink remaining?
• Did you push in the ink completely until you heard a clicking sound?
• If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
•
Did you install the inks in their correct positions?
3.
Perform Deep Cleaning
3.
Click Yes.
Print head Deep Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Deep Cleaning
4.
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
Important
• Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Note
• If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning, turn off the printer, wait 24 hours, and then
perform Deep Cleaning again. If there is still no sign of improvement, see "Ink Does Not Come Out."
Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
130
Adjusting Print Head Position
Any error in the print head installation position can cause color and line shifts. Adjusting the print head
position improves print results.
Print Head Alignment - Auto
1.
Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
2.
Click Print Head Alignment - Auto
2.
A message appears.
3.
Load paper in printer
3.
Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray.
4.
Run head position adjustment
4.
Check that the printer power is on, and then click Yes.
Head alignment starts. Proceed with the operations in accordance with the messages on the screen.
Important
• Do not open the cover while printing is in progress; otherwise, printing will stop.
Note
• You can print and check the current settings by clicking on Print the head alignment value.
131
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types of your
model.
If you select Printer status from Remote UI, the ink status appears as an illustration.
Estimated ink levels
You can check the types and levels of ink.
When ink levels are running low or an error occurs because there is no ink, a notification icon will
appear.
Ink model number
You can look up the correct FINE cartridge for your printer.
Note
• To check the ink status, you can also display Printer Info in the Print dialog and select Supply Levels.
132
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly. In this case,
clean the paper feed roller.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper or cleaning sheet available on the
market
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Remove any paper from the rear tray.
2.
3.
Clean the paper feed rollers without paper.
3.
1. Press the Setup button until 7 appears on the LCD.1.
2. Press the Black button or the Color button.2.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.
4. Clean the paper feed rollers with paper.4.
1. Make sure that the paper feed rollers have stopped rotating, load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized1.
plain paper or cleaning sheet available on the market on the rear tray.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
2. Press the Black button or the Color button.2.
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
5. Press the Stop button.5.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed rollers on the rear tray, turn off the power, unplug
the power cord, then wipe the paper feed rollers (B) located inside the rear tray with a moistened cotton
swab or the like while rotating the shaft (A) manually. Perform this operation two or more times. Do not touch
the rollers (B) with your fingers.
134
After cleaning the paper feed rollers, turn on the power, then clean the paper feed rollers again.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact Canon to request a repair.
135
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get
dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Prepare paper.
2.
1. Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the paper.1.
2. Load only this sheet of paper on the rear tray with the open side facing you.2.
3. Pull out the paper output tray (A) and the output tray extension (B).3.
3.
Press the Setup button until 8 appears on the LCD.
3.
136
4. Press the Black button or the Color button.4.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
Note
• When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.•
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
Important
• Before cleaning the printer, turn it off and unplug it.•
137
Overview
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Storing Printed Images
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Printer Handling Precautions
Transporting Your Printer
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Keeping Print Quality High
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
Indication of LCD
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Specifications
138
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
• This manual contains important notices and safety precautions about your printer.•
Do not use the printer in ways other than described in the accompanying manuals, as this may result
in fire, electric shock or other unexpected accidents.
Safety standard marks and declarations are only valid for the supported voltages and frequencies in
the applicable countries or regions.
Warning
• Users with cardiac pacemakers:•
This product emits a low-level magnetic flux. If you feel abnormalities, please move away from the
product and consult your doctor.
• Do not use the printer in the following cases:•
Stop use immediately, unplug the printer and call your local service representative to request repair.
Metal objects or liquids are spilt inside the printer.
The printer emits smoke, strange odors, or makes unusual noises.
The power cord or plug overheat or are broken, bent or damaged in any way.
• Failure to adhere to the following may result in fire, electric shock, or injury:
Do not place product close to the flammable solvents such as alcohol or thinner.
Do not open or modify the printer.
Use only the power cord/cables that came with your printer. Do not use these cables with other
devices.
Do not plug in to voltages or frequencies other than those specified.
Plug the power cord into the socket completely.
Do not plug in or unplug the power cord with wet hands.
Do not damage the power cord by twisting, bundling, tying, pulling or excessively bending it.
Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.
Do not connect multiple power cords to a single electrical outlet. Do not use multiple extension
cords.
Do not leave the printer plugged in during lightning storms.
Always unplug the power cord and cables when cleaning. Do not use flammable sprays or liquids
such as alcohol or thinners for cleaning.
Unplug the power cord once a month to check that it is not overheating, rusted, bent, scratched,
split, or otherwise damaged.
Caution
•
Do not put your hands inside the printer while printing.
•
Do not touch the print head or other metal parts immediately after printing.
•
Ink
Keep ink out of reach of children.
If ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out your mouth and drink one or two glasses of
water. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical advice immediately.
140
In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact
with skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain
medical advice immediately.
• Moving the printer
Hold the printer by its sides and carry it with both hands.
General Notices
Choosing a Location
Refer to "Specifications" in the Online manual for details on operating environment.
• Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the printer in locations that get very hot (direct sunlight, or close to a heating source),
very humid or dusty locations, or outdoors.
• Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
• Do not place the printer flush against a wall.
141
Power Supply
• Keep the area around the power outlet clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if
necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
General Notices
• Do not tilt the printer, stand it on end, or turn it upside down. This may cause ink to leak.
• Do not place anything on top of the printer. Be especially careful to avoid metal objects such as
paper clips and staples, and containers holding flammable liquids such as alcohol or thinner.
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
◦ Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
◦ Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
• Do not attempt to open, disassemble or modify the FINE cartridges. Ink may leak and damage your
printer.
• Do not throw FINE cartridges in the fire.
142
Regulatory Information
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10617 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30387)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If
such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate equipment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and
meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines as this equipment has very low levels of RF
energy. But it is desirable that it should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or
more away from person's body.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
143
Users in Europe
Product Information for the requirement of COMMISSION REGULATION (EU)
The power consumption in Off Mode or network standby and the transition time to Off or network
standby are as follows:
https://www.canon-europe.com/consumer/lot26/
Interference
Do not use the printer around medical equipment or other electronic devices. Signals from the printer may
interfere with the correct operation of these devices.
144
WEEE
Only for the United Kingdom
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according
to the UK Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulations. This product should be handed over
to a designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar
product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE).
Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and
human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the
same time, your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of
natural resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling,
please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste
disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit
www.canon-europe.com/sustainability/approach/.
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according
to the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a
designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product
or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper
handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human
health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same
time, your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of
natural resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling,
please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste
disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Nur für Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und
Liechtenstein)
Dieses Symbol weist darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß der EU-Richtlinie über Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräte (2012/19/EU) und nationalen Gesetzen nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden
145
darf. Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden. Dies
kann z. B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer
autorisierten Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten geschehen.
Der unsachgemäße Umgang mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund potentiell gefährlicher Stoffe, die generell
mit Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen, negative Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt
und die menschliche Gesundheit haben. Durch die umweltgerechte Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen
Sie außerdem zu einer effektiven Nutzung natürlicher Ressourcen bei. Informationen zu Sammelstellen
für Altgeräte erhalten Sie bei Ihrer Stadtverwaltung, dem öffentlich-rechtlichen Entsorgungsträger, einer
autorisierten Stelle für die Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten oder Ihrem örtlichen
Entsorgungsunternehmen. Weitere Informationen zur Rückgabe und Entsorgung von Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräten finden Sie unter www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Zusatzinformationen für Deutschland:
Dieses Produkt kann durch Rückgabe an den Händler unter den in der Verordnung des Elektro- und
Elektronikgerätegesetzes beschriebenen Bedingungen abgegeben werden.
Als Endbenutzer und Besitzer von Elektro- oder Elektronikgeräten sind Sie verpflichtet:
• diese einer vom unsortierten Siedlungsabfall getrennten Erfassung zuzuführen,
• Altbatterien und Altakkumulatoren, die nicht von Altgerät umschlossen sind, sowie Lampen,
die zerstörungsfrei aus dem Altgerät entnommen werden können, vor der Abgabe an einer
Erfassungsstelle vom Altgerät zerstörungsfrei zu trennen,
• personenbezogener Daten auf den Altgeräten vor der Entsorgung zu löschen.
Die Bedeutung von dem Symbol der durchgestrichenen Abfalltonne auf Rädern finden Sie oben in dieser
Beschreibung.
Die Vertreiber von Elektro- oder Elektronikgeräten haben die Pflicht zur unentgeltlichen Rücknahme
von Altgeräten. Die Vertreiber haben die Endnutzer über die von ihnen geschaffenen Möglichkeiten der
Rückgabe von Altgeräten zu informieren.
Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.
Ce symbole indique que ce produit ne doit pas être jeté avec les ordures ménagères, conformément
à la directive DEEE (2012/19/UE) et à la réglementation de votre pays. Ce produit doit être confié au
distributeur à chaque fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire, ou à un point de collecte mis
en place par les collectivités locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et
Électroniques (DEEE). Le traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions
sur l'environnement et la santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement
dangereuses généralement associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques. Parallèlement, votre
entière coopération dans le cadre de la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une meilleure
utilisation des ressources naturelles. Pour plus d'informations sur les points de collecte des équipements
à recycler, contactez vos services municipaux, les autorités locales compétentes, le plan DEEE approuvé
ou le service d'enlèvement des ordures ménagères. Pour plus d'informations sur le retour et le recyclage
des produits DEEE, consultez le site: www.canon-europe.com/weee.
146
Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen,
IJsland en Liechtenstein)
Dit symbool geeft aan dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn (2012/19/EU) en
de nationale wetgeving niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Dit product moet
worden ingeleverd bij een aangewezen, geautoriseerd inzamelpunt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer u een nieuw
gelijksoortig product aanschaft, of bij een geautoriseerd inzamelpunt voor hergebruik van elektrische en
elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Een onjuiste afvoer van dit type afval kan leiden tot negatieve effecten
op het milieu en de volksgezondheid als gevolg van potentieel gevaarlijke stoffen die veel voorkomen
in elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Bovendien werkt u door een juiste afvoer van dit
product mee aan het effectieve gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen. Voor meer informatie over waar u
uw afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in
uw woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst, of het afvalverwerkingsbedrijf. U kunt ook het schema voor de afvoer
van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (AEEA) raadplegen. Ga voor meer informatie
over het inzamelen en recyclen van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur naar www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,
Islandia y Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que este producto no debe desecharse con los desperdicios domésticos, de acuerdo
con la directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) y con la legislación nacional. Este producto debe entregarse en uno
de los puntos de recogida designados, como por ejemplo, entregándolo en el lugar de venta al comprar
un producto similar o depositándolo en un lugar de recogida autorizado para el reciclado de residuos de
aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE). La manipulación inapropiada de este tipo de desechos podría
tener un impacto negativo en el entorno y la salud humana, debido a las sustancias potencialmente
peligrosas que normalmente están asociadas con los RAEE. Al mismo tiempo, su cooperación a la hora
de desechar correctamente este producto contribuirá a la utilización eficazde los recursos naturales. Para
más información sobre cómo puede eliminar el equipo para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las
autoridades locales, con las autoridades encargadas de los desechos, con un sistema de gestión RAEE
autorizado o con el servicio de recogida de basuras doméstico. Si desea más información acerca de la
devolución y reciclado de RAEE, visite la web www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega,
Islàndia i Liechtenstein)
147
Aquest símbol indica que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar a les escombraries de la llar, d’acord
amb la Directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) i la legislació nacional. Aquest producte s’hauria de lliurar en un
dels punts de recollida designats, com per exemple, intercanviant-lo un per un en comprar un producte
similar o lliurant-lo en un lloc de recollida autoritzat per al reciclatge de residus d’aparells elèctrics i
electrònics (AEE). La manipulació inadequada d’aquest tipus de residus podria tenir un impacte negatiu
en l’entorn i en la salut humana, a causa de les substàncies potencialment perilloses que normalment
estan associades als AEE. Així mateix, la vostra cooperació a l’hora de llençar correctament aquest
producte contribuirà a la utilització efectiva dels recursos naturals. Per a més informació sobre els punts
on podeu lliurar aquest producte per procedir al seu reciclatge, adreceu-vos a la vostra oficina municipal,
a les autoritats encarregades dels residus, al pla de residus homologat per la RAEE o al servei de
recollida de deixalles domèstiques de la vostra localitat. Per a més informació sobre la devolució i el
reciclatge de productes RAEE, visiteu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)
Questo simbolo indica che il prodotto deve essere oggetto di raccolta separata in conformità alla
Direttiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) e alla normativa locale vigente. Il prodotto deve essere smaltito presso
un centro di raccolta differenziata, un distributore autorizzato che applichi il principio dell'"uno contro
uno", ovvero del ritiro della vecchia apparecchiatura elettrica al momento dell'acquisto di una nuova, o
un impianto autorizzato al riciclaggio dei rifiuti di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La gestione
impropria di questo tipo di rifiuti può avere un impatto negativo sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana
causato dalle sostanze potenzialmente pericolose che potrebbero essere contenute nelle apparecchiature
elettriche ed elettroniche. Un corretto smaltimento di tali prodotti contribuirà inoltre a un uso efficace
delle risorse naturali ed eviterà di incorrere nelle sanzioni amministrative di cui all'art. 255 e successivi
del Decreto Legislativo n. 152/06. Per ulteriori informazioni sullo smaltimento e il recupero dei Rifiuti
di Apparecchiature Elettriche ed Elettroniche, consultare la Direttiva RAEE, rivolgersi alle autorità
competenti, oppure visitare il sito www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Apenas para a União Europeia e AEE (Noruega, Islândia e
Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que o produto não deve ser colocado no lixo doméstico, de acordo com a Directiva
REEE (2012/19/UE) e a legislação nacional. Este produto deverá ser colocado num ponto de recolha
designado, por exemplo, num local próprio autorizado quando adquirir um produto semelhante novo
ou num local de recolha autorizado para reciclar resíduos de equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos
(EEE). O tratamento inadequado deste tipo de resíduo poderá causar um impacto negativo no ambiente
e na saúde humana devido às substâncias potencialmente perigosas normalmente associadas aos
equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos. Simultaneamente, a sua cooperação no tratamento correcto
deste produto contribuirá para a utilização eficaz dos recursos naturais. Para mais informações sobre os
148
locais onde o equipamento poderá ser reciclado, contacte os serviços locais, a autoridade responsável
pelos resíduos, o esquema REEE aprovado ou o serviço de tratamento de lixo doméstico. Para mais
informações sobre a devolução e reciclagem de produtos REEE, vá a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbol angiver, at det pågældende produkt ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation
jf. direktivet om affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr (WEEE) (2012/19/EU) og gældende national
lovgivning. Det pågældende produkt skal afleveres på et nærmere specificeret indsamlingssted, f.eks.
i overensstemmelse med en godkendt én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt,
eller produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald. Forkert håndtering
af denne type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers helbred på grund
af de potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.
Når du foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af det pågældende produkt, bidrager du til effektiv brug af
naturressourcerne. Yderligere oplysninger om, hvor du kan bortskaffe dit elektronikaffald med henblik
på genanvendelse, får du hos de kommunale renovationsmyndigheder. Yderligere oplysninger om
returnering og genanvendelse af affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr får du ved at besøge www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και
Λιχτενστάιν)
Αυτό το σύμβολο υποδηλώνει ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά
απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία σχετικά με τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού
(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ) και την εθνική σας νομοθεσία. Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε
καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα
νέο παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων
Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού (ΗΗΕ). Ο ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων
μπορεί να έχει αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικώς
επικίνδυνων ουσιών που γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ. Ταυτόχρονα, η συνεργασία σας όσον αφορά
τη σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση των φυσικών πόρων.
Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα σημεία όπου μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τον εξοπλισμό σας
για ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία απορριμμάτων,
το εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ΑΗΗΕ ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων. Για περισσότερες
πληροφορίες σχετικά με την επιστροφή και την ανακύκλωση των προϊόντων ΑΗΗΕ, επισκεφθείτε την
τοποθεσία www.canon-europe.com/weee.
149
Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbolet indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i henhold
til WEEE-direktiv (2012/19/EU) og nasjonal lov. Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt,
det vil si på en autorisert en-til-en-basis når du kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert
innsamlingssted for resirkulering av avfall fra elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr (EE-utstyr). Feil håndtering
av denne typen avfall kan være miljø- og helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som
ofte brukes i EE-utstyr. Samtidig bidrar din innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet til effektiv bruk av
naturressurser. Du kan få mer informasjon om hvor du kan avhende utrangert utstyr til resirkulering ved
å kontakte lokale myndigheter, et godkjent WEEE-program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap. Du
finner mer informasjon om retur og resirkulering av WEEE-produkter på www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein)
alueelle.
Tämä tunnus osoittaa, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,
2012/19/EU) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana.
Tuote on vietävä asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa
tuotetta ostettaessa tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä, koska
laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Lisäksi tuotteen asianmukainen
hävittäminen säästää luonnonvaroja. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteistä
saat kaupunkien ja kuntien tiedotuksesta, jätehuoltoviranomaisilta, sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
kierrätysjärjestelmän ylläpitäjältä ja jätehuoltoyhtiöltä. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
keräyksestä ja kierrätyksestä on osoitteessa www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och
Liechtenstein)
Den här symbolen visar att produkten enligt WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU) och nationell lagstiftning
inte får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall. Den här produkten ska lämnas in på en därför
avsedd insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad att hantera elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning (EE-utrustning) eller hos handlare som är auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande
köps (en mot en). Olämplig hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha en negativ inverkan på miljön och
150
människors hälsa på grund av de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning. Din medverkan till en korrekt avfallshantering av den här produkten bidrar dessutom till en
effektiv användning av naturresurserna. Kontakta ditt lokala kommunkontor, berörd myndighet, företag för
avfallshantering eller ta del av en godkänd WEEE-organisation om du vill ha mer information om var du
kan lämna den kasserade produkten för återvinning. För mer information om inlämning och återvinning av
WEEE-produkter, se www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice o OEEZ (2012/19/EU) a podle vnitrostátních právních
předpisů nemá být tento výrobek likvidován s odpadem z domácností. Tento výrobek má být vrácen
do sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému odběru jednoho výrobku za jeden nově
prodaný podobný výrobek nebo v autorizovaném sběrném místě pro recyklaci odpadních elektrických
a elektronických zařízení (OEEZ). Nevhodné nakládání s tímto druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní
dopad na životní prostředí a lidské zdraví, protože elektrická a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují
potenciálně nebezpečné látky. Vaše spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku současně napomůže
efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů. Další informace o místech sběru vašeho odpadního zařízení
k recyklaci vám sdělí místní úřad vaší obce, správní orgán vykonávající dozor nad likvidací odpadu,
sběrny OEEZ nebo služba pro odvoz komunálního odpadu. Další informace týkající se vracení a
recyklace OEEZ naleznete na adrese www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein)
országaiban
Ez a szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy a helyi törvények és a WEEE-irányelv (2012/19/EU) szerint a
termék nem kezelhető háztartási hulladékként. A terméket a kijelölt nyilvános gyűjtőpontokon kell
leadni, például hasonló cserekészülék vásárlásakor, illetve bármelyik, elektromos és elektronikai
berendezésekből származó hulladék (WEEE) átvételére feljogosított gyűjtőponton. Az ilyen jellegű
hulladékok a nem megfelelő kezelés esetén a bennük található veszélyes anyagok révén ártalmasak
lehetnek a környezetre és az emberek egészségére. Továbbá, a termékből származó hulladék
megfelelő kezelésével hozzájárulhat a természetes nyersanyagok hatékonyabb hasznosításához. A
berendezésekből származó, újrahasznosítható hulladékok elhelyezésére vonatkozó további tudnivalókért
forduljon a helyi önkormányzathoz, a közterület-fenntartó vállalathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését
végző vállalathoz, illetve a hivatalos WEEE-képviselethez. További tudnivalókat a WEEE-termékek
visszajuttatásáról és újrahasznosításáról a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
151
Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i
Liechtenstein)
Ten symbol oznacza, że zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE dotyczącą zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i
elektronicznego (2012/19/UE) oraz przepisami lokalnymi nie należy wyrzucać tego produktu razem z
odpadami gospodarstwa domowego. Produkt należy przekazać do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia
odpadów, np. firmie, od której kupowany jest nowy, podobny produkt lub do autoryzowanego punktu
gromadzenia zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego w celu poddania go recyklingowi.
Usuwanie tego typu odpadów w nieodpowiedni sposób może mieć negatywny wpływ na otoczenie i
zdrowie innych osób ze względu na niebezpieczne substancje stosowane w takim sprzęcie. Jednocześnie
pozbycie się zużytego sprzętu w zalecany sposób przyczynia się do właściwego wykorzystania zasobów
naturalnych. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat punktów, do których można dostarczyć sprzęt
do recyklingu, prosimy skontaktować się z lokalnym urzędem miasta, zakładem utylizacji odpadów,
skorzystać z instrukcji zatwierdzonej dyrektywą WEEE lub skontaktować się z przedsiębiorstwem
zajmującym się wywozem odpadów domowych. Więcej informacji o zwracaniu i recyklingu zużytego
sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego znajduje się w witrynie www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a
Lichtenštajnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podľa Smernice 2012/19/EÚ o odpade z elektrických a elektronických
zariadení (OEEZ) a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento produkt nesmie likvidovať
spolu s komunálnym odpadom. Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne, napr. prostredníctvom
výmeny za kúpu nového podobného produktu, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré spracúva
odpad z elektrických a elektronických zariadení (EEZ). Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto typom odpadu
môže mať negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické a elektronické
zariadenia obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky. Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii produktu prispejete
k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov. Ďalšie informácie o mieste recyklácie opotrebovaných
zariadení získate od miestneho úradu, úradu životného prostredia, zo schváleného plánu OEEZ alebo od
spoločnosti, ktorá zaisťuje likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke:
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Üksnes Euroopa Liit ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein)
See sümbol näitab, et antud toodet ei tohi vastavalt elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmeid käsitlevale
direktiivile (2012/19/EL) ning teie riigis kehtivatele õigusaktidele utiliseerida koos olmejäätmetega. Antud
152
toode tuleb anda selleks määratud kogumispunkti, nt müügipunkt, mis on volitatud üks ühe vastu
vahetama, kui ostate uue sarnase toote, või elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmete ümbertöötlemiseks
mõeldud kogumispunkti. Täiendava teabe saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud
jäätmete tagastamise ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase
valitsusasutusega, asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet
leitate ka Interneti-leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tikai Eiropas Savienībai un EEZ (Norvēģijai, Islandei un Lihtenšteinai)
Šis simbols norāda, ka atbilstoši ES Direktīvai (2012/19/ES) par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu
atkritumiem (EEIA) un vietējiem tiesību aktiem no šī izstrādājuma nedrīkst atbrīvoties, izmetot to kopā
ar sadzīves atkritumiem. Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod piemērotā savākšanas vietā, piemēram, apstiprinātā
veikalā, kur iegādājaties līdzīgu jaunu produktu un atstājat veco, vai apstiprinātā vietā izlietotu elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu pārstrādei. Nepareiza šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošana var apdraudēt vidi
un cilvēka veselību tādu iespējami bīstamu vielu dēļ, kas parasti ir elektriskajās un elektroniskajās
iekārtās. Turklāt jūsu atbalsts pareizā šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošanā sekmēs efektīvu dabas
resursu izmantošanu. Lai saņemtu pilnīgāku informāciju par vietām, kur izlietoto iekārtu var nodot
pārstrādei, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu, pilnvarotu EEIA
struktūru vai sadzīves atkritumu apsaimniekošanas iestādi. Lai saņemtu plašāku informāciju par elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu nodošanu pārstrādei, apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE (Norvegijai, Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui)
Šis ženklas reiškia, kad gaminio negalima išmesti su buitinėmis atliekomis, kaip yra nustatyta Direktyvoje
(2012/19/ES) ir nacionaliniuose teisė aktuose dėl EEĮ atliekų tvarkymo. Šį gaminį reikia atiduoti į tam
skirtą surinkimo punktą, pvz., pagal patvirtintą keitimo sistemą, kai perkamas panašus gaminys, arba
į elektros ir elektroninės įrangos (EEĮ) atliekų perdirbimo punktą. Netinkamas tokios rūšies atliekų
tvarkymas dėl elektros ir elektroninėje įrangoje esančių pavojingų medžiagų gali pakenkti aplinkai
ir žmonių sveikatai. Padėdami užtikrinti tinkamą šio gaminio šalinimo tvarką, kartu prisidėsite prie
veiksmingo gamtos išteklių naudojimo. Jei reikia daugiau informacijos, kaip šalinti tokias atliekas, kad
jos būtų toliau perdirbamos, kreipkitės į savo miesto valdžios institucijas, atliekų tvarkymo organizacijas,
patvirtintų EEĮ atliekų sistemų arba jūsų buitinių atliekų tvarkymo įstaigų atstovus. Išsamesnės
informacijos apie EEĮ atliekų grąžinimo ir perdirbimo tvarką galite rasti apsilankę tinklalapyje www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
153
Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)
Ta simbol pomeni, da tega izdelka v skladu z direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU) in državno zakonodajo
ne smete odvreči v gospodinjske odpadke. Ta izdelek morate odložiti na ustrezno zbiralno mesto, na
primer pri pooblaščenem prodajalcu, ko kupite podoben nov izdelek ali na zbiralno mesto za recikliranje
električne in elektronske opreme. Neprimerno ravnanje s takšnimi odpadki lahko negativno vpliva na
okolje in človekovo zdravje zaradi nevarnih snovi, ki so povezane z električno in elektronsko opremo.
S pravilno odstranitvijo izdelka hkrati prispevate tudi k učinkoviti porabi naravnih virov. Če želite več
informacij o tem, kje lahko odložite odpadno opremo za recikliranje, pokličite občinski urad, komunalno
podjetje ali službo, ki skrbi za odstranjevanje odpadkov, ali si oglejte načrt OEEO. Če želite več informacij
o vračanju in recikliranju izdelkov v skladu z direktivo OEEO, obiščite www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и
Лихтенщайн)
Този символ показва, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци,
съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC) и Вашето национално законодателство. Този
продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране, например на база
размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен пункт за рециклиране
на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО). Неправилното третиране
на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до евентуални отрицателни последствия за околната среда
и човешкото здраве поради потенциално опасните вещества, които обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО.
В същото време Вашето съдействие за правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за
ефективното използване на природните ресурси. Повече информация относно местата, където
може да предавате излязло от употреба оборудване за рециклиране, може да получите от
местните власти, от органа, отговорен за отпадъците и от одобрена система за излязло от
употреба ЕЕО или от Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци. За повече информация относно
връщането и рециклирането на продукти от излязло от употреба ЕЕО посетете www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi
Liechtenstein)
Acest simbol indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat o dată cu reziduurile menajere, în
conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (Directiva privind deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi electronice)
(2012/19/UE) şi legile naţionale. Acest produs trebuie transportat la un punct de colectare special, de
154
exemplu un centru care preia produsele vechi atunci când achiziţionaţi un produs nou similar, sau la
un punct de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea deşeurilor provenite de la echipamentele electrice şi
electronice (EEE). Mânuirea necorespunzătoare a acestor tipuri de deşeuri poate avea un impact negativ
asupra mediului înconjurător şi sănătăţii indivizilor, din cauza substanţelor potenţial nocive care sunt în
general asociate cu EEE. În acelaşi timp, cooperarea dvs. la reciclarea corectă a acestui produs va
contribui la utilizarea efectivă a resurselor naturale. Pentru mai multe informaţii privind locurile de reciclare
a deşeurilor provenite de la echipamente, contactaţi biroul primăriei locale, autoritatea responsabilă cu
colectarea deşeurilor, schema DEEE aprobată sau serviciul de colectare a deşeurilor menajere. Pentru
mai multe informaţii privind returnarea şi reciclarea produselor DEEE, vizitaţi www.canon-europe.com/
weee.
Samo za Europsku uniju i EEZ (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)
Ovaj simbol pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s kućnim otpadom sukladno WEEE Direktivi
(2012/19/EC) i vašem nacionalnom zakonu. Ovaj proizvod je potrebno predati na posebno mjesto za
sakupljanje otpada, npr. na ovlašteno mjesto gdje možete zamijeniti staro za novo ukoliko kupujete novi
sličan proizvod ili na ovlašteno mjesto za sakupljanje rabljene električne i elektroničke opreme (EEE) za
recikliranje. Nepropisno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može imati negativan učinak na okolinu i zdravlje
ljudi zbog supstanci koje su potencijalno opasne za zdravlje, a općenito se povezuju s EEE. Istovremeno,
vaša će suradnja kroz propisno odlaganje ovog proizvoda doprinijeti efektivnoj uporabi prirodnih resursa.
Za više informacija o tome gdje možete odložiti svoj otpad za recikliranje obratite se vašem lokalnom
gradskom uredu, komunalnoj službi, odobrenom WEEE programu ili službi za odlaganje kućnog otpada.
Ostale informacije o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda potražite na www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Korisnici u Srbiji
Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu
sa WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom
centru za prikupljanje, npr. na osnovi "jedan-za-jedan" kada kupujete sličan novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom
centru za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme (EEE). Nepravilno rukovanje
ovom vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje
usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja
na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više
informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da
kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću. Za više
informacija o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda, posetite stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
155
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Scanning, printing, copying, or modifying copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
• Paper money•
• Money orders•
• Certificates of deposit•
• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)•
• Identification badges or insignia•
• Selective service or draft papers•
• Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies•
• Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title•
• Traveler's checks•
• Food stamps•
• Passports•
• Immigration papers•
• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)•
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness•
• Stock certificates•
• Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent•
157
Printer Handling Precautions
Do not place any object on the document cover!
Do not place any object on the document cover. It will fall into the rear tray when the document cover is
opened and cause the printer to malfunction. Also, place the printer where objects will not fall on it.
158
Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer for changing your living place or repairing it, make sure of the following.
Important
• Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient•
protective material to ensure safe transport.
• With the FINE cartridge left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power. This•
allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
• After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so•
may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.
• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to•
keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1. Turn the printer off.1.
2. Check that ON lamp is off and unplug power cord.2.
Important
• Do not unplug the printer while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction or•
damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
3.
Retract the paper output tray and the output tray extension, then close the paper support.
3.
4.
Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power
4.
cord from the printer.
5.
Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during
5.
transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
6.
Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
6.
159
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.
When sending the printer for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the
printer, please be sure to follow the steps below in order to delete such information and prevent third parties
from accessing it.
1.
Press the Setup button until 17 appears on the LCD.
1.
2.
Press the Black button or the Color button.
2.
160
Keeping Print Quality High
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.
Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Note
• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or•
paint-stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically to
prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the ON lamp is turned off, the
print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
When unplugging the power cord, check that the ON lamp is not lit.
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is
capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time.
We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.
161
Front View
A: Document Cover
Open to load an original on the platen.
B: Paper Support
Open to load paper on the rear tray.
C: Paper Guide
Align with the left side of the paper stack.
D: Rear Tray
Load paper here. Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same
time, and fed automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
E: Cover
Open to replace the FINE cartridge or remove jammed paper inside the printer.
F: Paper Output Tray
Printed paper is ejected. Pull out it before printing.
G: Output Tray Extension
Extend to support ejected paper.
164
Rear View
A: Power Cord Connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
B: USB Port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
Important
• Do not touch the metal casing.•
• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing or scanning with the computer. This•
can cause trouble.
166
Inside View
A: Ink Cartridge Lock Lever
Secures the installed FINE cartridge.
B: FINE Cartridge Holder
Install the FINE cartridge.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be
installed into the right slot.
C: FINE Cartridge (ink cartridges)
A replaceable cartridge that integrates print head and ink tank.
Note
• For details on replacing a FINE cartridge, see Replacing a FINE Cartridge.•
Important
• The area around the parts D may be splattered with ink. This does not affect the performance of the•
printer.
• Do not touch the parts D. The printer may not print properly if you touch them.•
167
Operation Panel
A: ON button
Turns the power on or off. Before turning on the power, make sure that the document cover is closed.
B: ON lamp
Lights after flashing when the power is turned on.
C: Wireless select button
Switch between Wi-Fi and Wireless Direct, or enable/disable them.
Each time you press the Wireless select button, the setting switches.
Indication of LCD
D: Wireless connect button
Start the Wi-Fi setup.
E: Information button
Starts printing network settings information.
F: Setup button
Select a menu to perform printer maintenance and to change printer settings. Pressing this button
repeatedly switches the segment display on the LCD.
G: Alarm lamp
Lights or flashes when an error occurs.
168
H: Ink lamps
Light or flash when ink runs out, etc.
The upper lamp indicates the black FINE cartridge status, the lower lamp the color FINE cartridge
status.
I: LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
Displays the number of copies, maintenance code, error code or various icons.
Indication of LCD
J: Paper Select button
Select the paper size of the printer.
K: OK button
Finalizes the selection of paper size setting. This button is also used to resolve an error.
L: Stop button
Cancels operations. You can press this button to cancel a print, copy, or scan job in progress.
M: Black button*
Starts black & white copying. You can also press this button to finalize your selection for the setting item
or to resolve an error.
N: Color button*
Starts color copying. You can also press this button to finalize your selection for the setting item or to
resolve an error.
* In the software applications or manuals, the Color and Black buttons are collectively called the "Start" or
"OK" button.
169
Checking that Power Is On
The ON lamp is lit when the printer is turned on.
Even if the LCD is off, if the ON lamp is lit, the printer is on.
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.•
• The LCD will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 10 minutes. To restore the display, press•
any button or perform the print operation.
171
Turning the Printer On and Off
Turning on the printer
1.
Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
1.
The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit.
Checking that Power Is On
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.•
•
If the error code appears on the LCD, see When Error Occurred.
•
• You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed•
from a computer connected by USB cable or wireless network. This feature is set to off by
default.
From the printer
Turning on/off Printer Automatically
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For macOS:
Managing the Printer Power
Turning off the printer
1.
Press the ON button to turn off the printer.
1.
When the ON lamp stops flashing, the printer is turned off.
172
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything
unusual described below.
• The power plug/power cord is hot.•
• The power plug/power cord is rusty.•
• The power plug/power cord is bent.•
• The power plug/power cord is worn.•
• The power plug/power cord is split.•
Caution
• If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, unplug the power cord•
and contact Canon to request a repair. Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions above may
cause a fire or an electric shock.
174
Unplugging the Printer
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off.•
Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the
print head and print quality may be reduced.
1.
Press the ON button to turn the printer off.
1.
2. Confirm that the ON lamp is off.2.
3. Unplug the power cord.3.
The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
175
Indication of LCD
The number of copies, maintenance code, error code or various icons is displayed on the LCD.
A: Network status
Displays the current network status.
Wi-Fi and Wireless Direct are enabled.
Wi-Fi is enabled.
Wireless Direct is enabled.
When the icon and the icon are not displayed, Wi-Fi and Wireless Direct are disabled.
B: Current network status
Displays the current network status.
The icon differs depending on the network of use or the network status.
(Signal strength: 81 % or more): You can use the printer over a Wi-Fi without any problems.
(Signal strength: 51 % or more): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur
according to the network status. We recommend placing the printer near the wireless router.
(Signal strength: 50 % or less): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur. Place
the printer near the wireless router.
Wi-Fi is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
C: Segment display
Displays the number of copies, maintenance code, or error code.
176
The number from 0 to 19 or alphabet is displayed.
D: Paper status
Appears during paper loaded on the rear tray. This icon also flashes while you select the paper size
after pressing the Paper Select button.
* This icon does not appear if the paper mismatch detection function is disable.
E: Paper size
Displays the current paper size. The paper size also flashes while you select the paper size after
pressing the Paper Select button.
F: Setup
Appears by pressing the Setup button. During this icon, select a menu to perform printer maintenance
and to change printer settings.
177
Changing the Print Options
You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software.
Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut off.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
2.
The
Print Options dialog box opens.
3.
Change the individual settings
3.
If necessary, change the setting of each item, and then click OK.
The Page Setup tab is displayed again.
180
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time.
Registering a Printing Profile
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set the necessary items
2.
From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select the printing profile to be used and if
necessary, change the settings after Additional Features.
You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs.
3.
Click Save...
3.
The Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box opens.
4.
Save the settings
4.
Enter a name for the print settings to register in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the
items, and then click OK.
In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box, click OK to save the print settings and return to the
181
Quick Setup tab.
The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings.
Important
• To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options...,
and check each item.
Note
•
When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are
already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings.
Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register the print
settings again.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1.
Select the printing profile to be deleted
1.
Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
2. Delete the printing profile2.
Click Delete. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
182
Setting the Ink to be Used
This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate FINE cartridge among installed FINE cartridges
according to an intended use.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
2.
The Print Options dialog box appears.
3.
Select the FINE cartridge to be used from Print With
3.
Select the FINE cartridge to be used for printing and click OK.
4.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab
4.
When you perform printing, the specified FINE cartridge will be used.
Important
• When the following settings are specified, Black Only does not function because the printer uses the
color FINE cartridge to print documents.
Other than Plain Paper, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or Hagaki is selected for
Media Type on the Main tab
Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab
• Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either FINE
cartridge is detached.
183
Managing the Printer Power
This function allows you to manage the printer power from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Power Off
The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the
printer on from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2.
Perform power off
2.
Click Power Off. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer power switches off.
Auto Power
Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off.
The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the
printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time.
1. Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool1.
2. Check that the printer is on and then click Auto Power2.
The Auto Power Settings dialog box will open.
Note
•
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3.
If necessary, complete the following settings:
3.
Auto Power On
Select the auto-power on setting.
Select Disable to prevent the auto-power on feature from functioning.
Check that the printer is on, and then click OK to change the printer settings.
Select Enable to turn the printer on automatically when print data is sent to it.
Auto Power Off
Specify the time from the list. When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver
or the printer, the printer is turned off automatically.
184
Note
• Enabling auto power on, disabling auto power off, or extending the time for auto power off will
increase power consumption.
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list
according to the same procedure.
Note
• When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto
Power On setting.
When the setting is Enable, "Printer is standing by" is displayed. When the setting is Disable,
"Printer is offline" is displayed.
185
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
Custom Settings
1.
Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2.
Check that the printer is on and then click Custom Settings
2.
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
•
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. If necessary, complete the following settings:3.
Align heads manually
Usually, the Print Head Alignment function in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is set to
automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.
If the printing results of automatic Print Head Alignment are not satisfactory, perform
manual head
alignment.
Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment. Uncheck this check box to perform
the automatic head alignment.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the
Orientation.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, select this item. To rotate the print
data 90 degrees to the right during printing, clear this item.
Important
•
Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise,
characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
Do not detect mismatched paper settings when printing from a computer
When printing documents from your computer, the paper loaded in the printer and the paper size
setting on the printer driver do not match, this setting disables the message display and allows
you to continue printing.
To disable detection of paper setting mismatches, select this check box.
Ink Drying Wait Time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. Moving the
slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page
186
dries, increase the ink drying wait time.
Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
187
Managing the Printer Power
Printer power supply is operated from Remote UI.
Energy saving settings
Energy saving settings allow you to set Auto power off and Auto power on.
Auto power off is the function wherein the printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent or the
printer remains inactive for a certain period.
The Auto power on function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
1.
Selecting Printer settings from Remote UI
1.
2.
Click Energy saving settings
2.
3.
Complete the following settings:
3.
Auto power off
Specify the time from the list. Printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent within the
specified time or the printer has remained inactive.
Auto power on
When you check this check box, the printer automatically turns itself on when data is sent.
Note
• Enabling auto power on, disabling auto power off, or extending the time for auto power off will
increase power consumption.
4.
Apply the settings
4.
Click OK.
The printer will operate with the changed settings hereafter.
189
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
1. Check whether the printer is on and select Printer settings from Remote UI1.
2.
If necessary, complete the following settings:
2.
Custom settings - Detect paper setting mismatch
If the check box is deselected, at the time of printing from PC, you can continue to print without the
message display even if the paper settings set in the Print dialog differs from the paper information
configured on the printer.
Ink drying wait time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. The wait time
becomes longer as the value set in the list increases, and shorter as the value decreases.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries,
increase the ink drying wait time.
Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.
3.
Apply the settings
3.
Click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
190
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Setup No. Details
1 Nozzle Check
2 Cleaning
3 Deep Cleaning
4 Printing/scanning print head alignment sheet
5 Scanning print head alignment sheet
6 Printing head alignment value
7 Roller cleaning
8 Bottom plate cleaning
9 Running WPS (PIN code method)
10 Resetting LAN settings
11 Quiet setting *
12 Auto power off setting *
13 Auto power on setting *
14 Detecting paper setting mismatch *
15 IPv6 setting *
16 Wi-Fi pairing settings *
17 Resetting all settings
* Press the Color button to enable the function or press the Black button to disable the function.
192
Quiet setting
Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Press the Setup button until 11 appears on the LCD.
2.
3.
Press the Color button.
3.
To disable the function, press the Black button.
Important
• Operating speed may be reduced compared to when the quiet mode is not selected.•
193
Initializing Printer Settings
You can initialize the printer settings.
Important
• When using the printer over Wi-Fi, note that initialization erases all network settings on the printer, and•
printing operation from a computer over Wi-Fi may become impossible. To use the printer over Wi-Fi,
perform setup according to the instructions on our website.
Follow the procedure below to initialize the printer settings.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Press the Setup button until 17 appears on the LCD.
2.
3.
Press the Black button or the Color button.
3.
All the printer settings are initialized. The administrator password specified for the printer is set to the default
setting.
After resetting, perform setup again as necessary.
Note
• You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:•
The current position of the print head
CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
194
Specifications
General Specifications
Interface USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *
Network Port:
Wi-Fi: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11a / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b
* A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the
Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be
used at USB 1.1.
USB and the network can be used at the same time.
Operating environment Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)
Power consumption Printing (Copy): 9 W or less *1
Standby (minimum): 1.0 W or less *1*2
Standby (all ports connected): 1.4 W or less
OFF: 0.2 W or less
*1 USB connection to a PC
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions (W x D x H) Approx. 17.2 x 12.9 x 5.8 in. (Approx. 435 x 327 x 145 mm)
* With the trays retracted.
Weight Approx. 8.7 lb (Approx. 4.0 kg)
* With the FINE Cartridges installed.
195
Scan Specifications
Scanner driver Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA
Maximum scanning size A4/Letter, 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
Optical resolution (horizontal x
vertical)
600 x 1200 dpi *
* Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO
14473.
Gradation (Output) Gray: 8 bit
Color: RGB each 8 bit
Network Specifications
Communication protocol SNMP, HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6)
Wi-Fi Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11a / IEEE802.11g /
IEEE802.11b
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz
* A frequency band that can be used varies depending on country or region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WPA-PSK (AES)
WPA2-PSK (AES)
WPA3-SAE (AES)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
Easy wireless connect
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
Operating System Windows 11, Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 7 SP1
Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed Windows
7 or later.
Amount of hard disk space re-
quired for installing the driver
1.5 GB or more
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
196
macOS
Operating System macOS 10.15.7 - macOS 14
Other Supported OS
iOS, iPadOS, Android, Chrome OS
Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.
Refer to the Canon web site for details.
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
197
Supported Media Types
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well
as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when
possible.
Media Types
Page Sizes
Paper Weight
Media Types
Genuine Canon paper
Note
• For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.•
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For•
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
• Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,•
Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing documents:
• Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>•
• Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>•
Paper for printing photos:
• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-508>•
• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>•
• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>•
Paper for making original goods:
• Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>•
• Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>•
• Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>•
• Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>•
• Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>•
• Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>•
Paper other than genuine Canon paper
• Plain Paper (including recycled paper)•
Paper Load Limit
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver (Windows)
199
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
• Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.•
Standard sizes:
• Letter•
• Legal•
• A5•
• A4•
• B5•
• KG/4"x6"(10x15)•
• 5"x7"(13x18cm)•
• L(89x127mm)•
• 2L(127x178mm)•
• Square 5"•
• Hagaki•
Special sizes
• Minimum size: 3.50 x 5.00 in. (89.0 x 127.0 mm)•
• Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 in. (215.9 x 676.0 mm)•
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
• Plain paper: From 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m
2
)•
200
Paper Load Limit
This section shows the paper load limits of the rear tray and the paper output tray.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Note
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For•
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Approx. 60 sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Approx. 50 sheets
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-508>*1
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>*1
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>*1
5"x7"(13x18cm), 2L(127x178mm), Square 5": 10
sheets
KG/4"x6"(10x15), L(89x127mm), Hagaki: 20 sheets
Paper for making original goods:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>
Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
1 sheet
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Rear Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*2 Approx. 60 sheets (Legal: 10 sheets)
201
*1 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.
In this case, load one sheet at a time.
*2 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high
or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Paper Output Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
Approx. 10 sheets
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Paper Output Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Approx. 10 sheets
When continuing printing with paper other than the above, we recommend removing already printed paper
from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration.
202
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the printer to jam or malfunction.
• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper•
• Damp paper•
• Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing•
on paper smaller than A5)
• Picture postcards•
• Postcards affixed with photos or stickers•
• Envelopes•
• Any type of paper with holes•
• Paper that is not rectangular•
• Paper bound with staples or glue•
• Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal•
• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.•
203
Handling Paper
• Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.•
• Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print•
quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your
hands.
• Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch•
the printed surface as much as possible when handling. Due to the nature of the pigment ink, the ink on
the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched.
• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.•
• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level•
surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
204
Basic Printing Setup
This section describes settings on the Quick Setup tab used for basic printing.
1. Check that printer is turned on1.
2.
Load paper in printer
2.
3.
Open printer driver's setup screen
3.
4.
Select frequently used settings
4.
On the Quick Setup tab, use Commonly Used Settings to select from predefined print settings.
When you select a print setting, the settings for Additional Features, Media Type, and Printer Paper
Size automatically switch to the predefined values.
5.
Select print quality
5.
For Print Quality, select from High, Standard, or Draft.
208
Important
• The print quality selections will differ depending on which print setting you select.
6. Click OK6.
The printer will now print using these settings.
Important
• When you select Always Print with Current Settings, the settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs are saved, and those settings are used in subsequent printings.
• To register the current settings as a new preset, click Save... under Commonly Used Settings.
209
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver
When you use this printer, selecting a media type that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the
best print results.
Depending on the media type you are using, specify the media type settings on the printer driver as
described below.
Canon genuine papers (Document Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Plain Paper
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301> Photo Paper Plus Glossy II
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-508> Glossy Photo Paper
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701> Glossy Photo Paper
Canon genuine papers (Original Product)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101> Glossy Photo Paper
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R> Glossy Photo Paper
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508> Glossy Photo Paper
Commercially available papers
Media name Media Type in the printer driver
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Plain Paper
211
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software. When the page size
and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the
application software, you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab.
When you are not able to specify them with the application software, the procedure for selecting a page size
and orientation is as follows:
You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Select the paper size
2.
Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab.
3.
Set Orientation
3.
Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation. Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to
perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees.
4.
Click OK
4.
When you perform print, the document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation.
Note
• If Normal-size is selected for Page Layout, then Automatically reduce large document that the
printer cannot output is displayed.
Normally, you can leave the check box checked. During printing, if you do not want to reduce large
documents that cannot be printed on the printer, uncheck the check box.
213
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Specify the number of copies to be printed
2.
For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed.
3.
Specify the print order
3.
Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order, and
uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page.
Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out
all pages in each copy together. Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same
page number together.
•
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
•
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
214
• Print from Last Page: /Collate:
•
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
4.
Click OK
4.
When you perform print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify
the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function
settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with
both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of
the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
• Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling/Poster is selected for Page
Layout.
• When Booklet is selected for Page Layout, Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and
cannot be set.
• When Duplex Printing (Manual) is selected, Print from Last Page appears grayed out and cannot be
set.
Note
• By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate, you can perform printing so that papers are collated
one by one starting from the last page.
These settings can be used in combination with Normal-size, Borderless, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, and
Page Layout.
215
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so
that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
You can also set borderless printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
Setting Borderless Printing
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2. Set borderless printing2.
Select Borderless from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
When a message prompting you to change the media type appears, select a media type from the list
and click OK.
216
3. Check the paper size3.
Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list
displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing.
4.
Adjust the amount of extension from the paper
4.
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to
the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.
Important
•
When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the
paper may become smudged.
5. Click OK5.
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
• When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected, the size is automatically
changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing.
• When Borderless is selected, the Printer Paper Size, Duplex Printing (Manual), Stapling Side
settings, and the Stamp/Background... button on the Page Setup tab appear grayed out and are
unavailable.
• When Plain Paper is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab, you cannot perform
borderless printing.
• Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing, the print quality may deteriorate
at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The
extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
217
Note
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the
full size. If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is
printed in the correct position.
• When Preview before printing is checked on the Main tab, you can confirm whether there will be no
margin before printing.
218
Scaled Printing
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set scaled printing
2.
Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
3.
Select the paper size of the document
3.
Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.
4.
Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods:
4.
•
Select a Printer Paper Size
•
When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be reduced. When
the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size, the page image will be enlarged.
•
Specify a scaling factor
•
219
Directly type in a value into the Scaling box. The current settings are displayed in the settings
preview on the left side of the printer driver.
5. Click OK5.
When you perform print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.
Important
• When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function,
configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in
the printer driver.
Note
• Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.
220
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set page layout printing
2.
Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3.
Select the print paper size
3.
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4.
Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order
4.
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box, and
click OK.
221
Page Layout
To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the number of
pages from the list.
Page Order
To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.
5.
Complete the setup
5.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the
specified order.
222
Duplex Printing
You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set duplex printing
2.
Check the Duplex Printing (Manual) check box on the Page Setup tab.
3.
Select the layout
3.
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.
4.
Specify the side to be stapled
4.
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To
change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
5.
Set the margin width
5.
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
223
6. Complete the setup6.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper. After one side is
printed, reload the paper correctly according to the message.
Press the OK button on the printer to print the opposite side.
Important
• When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from Media Type on the Main tab, Duplex
Printing (Manual) appears grayed out and is unavailable.
• When Borderless, Tiling/Poster or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list, Duplex Printing
(Manual) and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Note
• If the back side of the paper becomes smudged during duplex printing, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Related Topics
Cleaning Inside the Printer
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
224
Printing on Postcards
1. Load postcard on the printer1.
2.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
3. Select commonly used settings3.
Display the Quick Setup tab, and for Commonly Used Settings, select Standard.
4.
Select the media type
4.
For Media Type, select Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K (A), Hagaki K, Hagaki (A), or
Hagaki.
Important
•
This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
•
You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
• The paper settings on the printer driver are different, depending on whether you are printing on
the address side or the message side.
5. Select the paper size5.
For Printer Paper Size, select Hagaki 100x148mm.
6.
Set the print orientation
6.
To print the address horizontally, set Orientation to Landscape.
7. Select the print quality7.
For Print Quality, select High or Standard, according to your purpose.
8. Click OK8.
When you perform printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.
Important
• When printing on media other than postcards, load the media according to usage method of that media,
and click Start Printing.
225
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
The print quality level can be set in the Custom.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Select the print quality
2.
On the Main tab, select Custom for Print Quality, and click Set....
The
Custom dialog box opens.
3.
Setting the print quality level
3.
Drag the slider bar to select the print quality level and click OK.
4.
Complete the setup
4.
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you perform print, the image data is printed with the selected print quality level.
Important
• Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
227
Related Topics
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
228
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (simply called printer driver below) is software that you install onto your computer
so that it can communicate with the printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can
understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different printers support different data formats, you need a printer driver that supports your printer.
Installing the Printer Driver
To install the printer driver, install the driver from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Specifying the Printer Driver
To specify the printer driver, open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using, and
select "Canon XXX" (where "XXX" is your model name).
Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver
To display the description of a setup tab from the printer driver's setup screen, click Help on that tab.
Related Topic
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
230
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
You can display the printer driver's setup screen from your application software or by clicking the printer
icon.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen from Your Application
Software
Perform this procedure to set up the print settings during printing.
1.
Select print command from application software
1.
The Print command can generally be found in the File menu.
2.
Select your printer model, and click Preferences (or Properties)
2.
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Note
• Depending on the application software you are using, the command and menu names, and the
number of steps may vary. For details, refer to the operating instructions of your application software.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen by Clicking the Printer Icon
From the setup screen you can perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning, or
set print settings to be shared by all application software.
The following instructions are shown using screens displayed in Windows 11 as an example.
1. Select the Settings -> Bluetooth & devices -> Printers & scanners1.
2. Click your model name icon, and then select Printing preferences from the displayed2.
menu
The printer driver setup window appears.
Note
•
If you're using Windows 10 or earlier, follow the steps below to display the printer driver settings
screen.
1.
Select the Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers
1.
2.
Right-click your model name icon, and then select Printing preferences from the
2.
displayed menu
Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties displays such tabs
regarding the Windows functions as the Ports (or Advanced) tab. Those tabs do not appear
when opening through Printing preferences or application software. For tabs regarding
Windows functions, refer to the user's manual for the Windows.
231
Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When
launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar.
Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.
Note
• To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing, open the printer driver setup
window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab.
• The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or
region where you are using your printer.
When Errors Occur
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs (e.g., if the printer runs out of
paper or if the ink is low).
232
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your model.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
2.
On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status.
3.
Display Estimated ink levels
3.
Ink status is displayed as an illustration.
Note
• The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or
region where you are using your printer.
• When you receive a notice about the remaining ink level, a mark appears on the left of the ink
icon.
For example:
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink cartridge.
234
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the
printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
• With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be
enabled.
In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
• If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the
operating system interface language, the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly.
• Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties. If you change any of the items, you
will not be able to use the following functions correctly.
Also, if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications
that prohibit EMF spooling, such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS Photo Editor, the following
functions will not operate.
◦ Preview before printing on the Main tab
◦ Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab
◦ Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, Booklet, Duplex Printing (Manual), Specify Margin..., Print from
Last Page, Collate, and Stamp/Background... on the Page Setup tab
• Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution, text and lines in the
preview display may appear different from the actual print result.
• With some applications, the printing is divided into multiple print jobs.
To cancel printing, delete all divided print jobs.
• If image data is not printed correctly, display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab
and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software. This may solve the
problem.
Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions
• There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word (Microsoft Corporation).
◦ When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver, use Word to specify
them.
◦ When Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab of
the printer driver, the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.
◦ When Page Size in Word is set to "XXX Enlarge/Reduce", the document may not print normally in
certain versions of Word.
If this happens, follow the procedure below.
1. Open Word's Print dialog box.
2. Open the printer driver setup window, and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same
paper size that you specified in Word.
3. Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window.
4. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box.
5. Open Word's Print dialog box again.
6. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK.
235
7. Start printing.
• If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator (Adobe Systems Incorporated), printing may take time
or some data may not be printed. Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print
dialog box.
236
Quick Setup Tab Description
The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered setting,
the printer automatically switches to the preset items.
Commonly Used Settings
The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing
profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.
In addition, functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are displayed in
Additional Features.
You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name. You can delete the registered
printing profile.
You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key
and pressing the up or down arrow keys.
Standard
These are the factory settings.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Photo Printing
If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally used are
set. The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically.
If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Business Document
Select this setting when printing a general document.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Paper Saving
Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document. The 2-on-1 Printing and
Duplex Printing (Manual) check boxes are checked automatically.
238
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Save...
Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings.
Delete
Deletes a registered printing profile.
Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings, and click Delete. When a
confirmation message is displayed, click OK to delete the specified printing profile.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.
Additional Features
Displays the frequently used, convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for
Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
When you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed, a description of that function is
displayed.
To enable a function, check the corresponding check box.
For some functions, you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs.
Important
• Depending on the printing profiles, certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to
change them.
2-on-1 Printing
Prints two pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout,
and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page
Order.
4-on-1 Printing
Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout,
and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page
Order.
Duplex Printing (Manual)
Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the
paper.
To change the staple side or the margins, set the new values from the Page Setup tab.
239
Borderless Printing
Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper.
With the borderless printing function, the document to be printed is enlarged, so that it extends
slightly off the paper. In other words, the document is printed without any margin.
To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper, click the Page Setup tab,
choose Borderless, and enter the value in Amount of Extension.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment
Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta,
Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, etc.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
Normally, the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting, and the
document is printed with no scaling.
When you set 2-on-1 Printing or 4-on-1 Printing in Additional Features, you can manually set the
paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening
the Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is
[Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
240
To set the print quality level individually, click the Main tab, and for Print Quality, select Custom.
The Set... becomes enabled. Click Set... to open the Custom dialog box, and then specify the desired
settings.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Paper Source
The paper source of the media is being displayed.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify
the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the
function settings on the application software.
Always Print with Current Settings
Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution.
When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window, the information that you
set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is
possible starting from the next print execution.
Important
• If you log on with a different user name, the settings that were set when this function was enabled
are not reflected in the print settings.
• If a setting was specified on the application software, it has priority.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs to their default
values (factory settings).
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page
Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab.
Name
Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
Up to 255 characters can be entered.
The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
241
Options...
Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Changes the details of printing profile to be saved.
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings, and change the
items to be saved in the printing profiles.
Icon
Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save.
The selected icon appears, with its name, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
Save the paper size setting
Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the paper size is not saved, and consequently the paper size setting
is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the paper size
specified with the application software.
Save the orientation setting
Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the print orientation is not saved, and consequently the Orientation
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the print
orientation specified with the application software.
Save the copies setting
Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the copies setting is not saved, and consequently the Copies
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the copies
setting specified with the application software.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Related Topics
Basic Printing Setup
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
Displaying the Print Results Before Printing
242
Main Tab Description
The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. Unless special
printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
Important
• Depending on the Media Type settings, the same print results may be produced even if the Print
Quality is changed.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
244
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Custom
Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually.
Set...
Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button.
Open the Custom dialog box. You can then individually set the print quality level.
Color/Intensity
Selects color adjustment method.
Auto
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, and so on are adjusted automatically.
Manual
Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness,
Contrast, etc. and Color Correction method.
Set...
Select Manual for Color/Intensity to enable this button.
In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, you can adjust individual color settings such as
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab, and select the
Color Correction method on the Matching tab.
Note
• If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors, use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog
box to set the profile.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory
settings).
Custom dialog box
Set the quality level, and select the desired print quality.
Quality
You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level.
Important
•
Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
245
Note
• The High, Standard, or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar. Therefore when
the slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left. This is the
same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab.
Color Adjustment Tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow,
Brightness, and Contrast options.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted.
Note
• The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Cyan / Magenta / Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color
weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total
color balance of the document. Use your application if you want to change the total color balance
significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
Important
• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow appear
grayed out and are unavailable.
Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of your print. You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However,
the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed. Moving the slider to the right
brightens (dilutes) the colors, and moving the slider to the left darkens (intensifies) the colors. You
can also directly enter brightness values that are linked to the slider bar. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the
contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Matching Tab
Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed.
246
Color Correction
Allows you to select Driver Matching, ICM, or None to match the purpose of the print operation.
Important
• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Color Correction appears grayed out
and is unavailable.
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer.
ICM
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Important
• If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled, ICM is unavailable for Color
Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly.
None
Disables color adjustment with the printer driver. Select this value when you are specifying an
individually created printing ICC profile in an application software to print data.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Displaying the Print Results Before Printing
247
Page Setup Tab Description
The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this
tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the
document has a similar function, set them with the application.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening
the Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is
[Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
248
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application
software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit-to-Page, Scaled, Page Layout, Tiling/Poster,
or Booklet for Page Layout.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
Normal-size
This is the normal printing method. Select this when you do not specify any page layout.
Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output
If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document, the printer can automatically reduce
the size when it prints the document.
Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document.
Borderless
Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page
margins.
In borderless printing, originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper. Thus, printing can be
performed without any margins (border).
Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during
borderless printing.
Amount of Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform
borderless printing with no problems.
Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the
document to print.
Fit-to-Page
This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size
loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software.
Scaled
Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed.
Specify the size in Printer Paper Size, or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box.
Scaling
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
Page Layout
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper.
249
Specify...
Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on page layout printing.
Tiling/Poster
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several
pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed
matter, such as a poster.
Specify...
Opens the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on tiling/poster printing.
Booklet
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of
the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order,
when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
Specify...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Duplex Printing (Manual)
Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper.
Check this check box to print the document on both sides.
This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of Normal-size,
Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is selected.
Stapling Side
Selects the stapling margin position.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best
stapling margin position. Check Stapling Side, and select from the list to change it.
Specify Margin...
Opens the Specify Margin dialog box.
You can specify the width of the margin.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• If the application used to create your document has a similar function, specify the number of copies
with the application without specifying it here.
Print from Last Page
Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order. If you do this, you do not need
to sort the pages into their correct order after printing.
Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order, starting from the first page.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped
together.
250
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function,
give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify
the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and
the printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be
multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Print Options...
Opens the Print Options dialog box.
Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications.
Stamp/Background...
Opens the Stamp/Background dialog box.
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also
allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light
illustration behind the document data.
Depending on the environment, Stamp and Background may not be available.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper,
the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Page Layout
Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet.
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
251
Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut
lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings of the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like.
Image Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).
As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are
pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a
larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as
guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the words.
Note
• Depending on the environment of the printer driver you are using, this function may not be
available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a
poster.
Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
Note
• If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed
by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the
screen will be printed this time.
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and
printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
252
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left
blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Specify Margin dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled. If a document does not fit
on one page, the document is reduced when printed.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin.
Print Options dialog box
Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer.
Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
Disable ICM required from the application software
Disables the ICM function required from the application software.
When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data, unexpected colors may be produced
or the printing speed may decrease. If these problems occur, checking this check box may resolve
the problems.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
• This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of
the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
Disable the color profile setting of the application software
Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application
software.
When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver,
the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve
the problem.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
• Even when this check box is checked, only some of the information in the color profile is
disabled, and the color profile can still be used for printing.
253
Ungroup Papers
Sets the display method of Media Type, Page Size, and Printer Paper Size.
To display the items separately, select the check box.
To display the items as a group, clear the check box.
Do not allow application software to compress print data
Compression of the application software print data is prohibited.
If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors, selecting this check box may improve
the condition.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Print after creating print data by page
The print data is created in page units, and printing starts after the processing of one page of print
data is complete.
If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks, selecting this check box may
improve the results.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Prevention of Print Data Loss
You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print
the data.
Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be
printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this function, select Off.
Important
• When using this function, the print quality may drop depending on the print data.
Unit of Print Data Processing
Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer.
Select Recommended under normal circumstances.
Important
• A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings.
Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory.
Print With
Specify the FINE cartridge to be used from the installed FINE cartridges.
Select from All Colors (Default), Color Only, Black Only.
Important
• When the following settings are specified, Black Only does not function because the printer
uses the color FINE cartridge to print documents.
Other than Plain Paper, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or Hagaki is
selected for Media Type on the Main tab
Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab
• Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either
FINE cartridge is detached.
254
Stamp/Background dialog box
The Stamp/Background dialog box allows you to print a stamp and/or background over or behind the
document pages. In addition to the pre-registered ones, you can register and use your original stamp or
background.
Stamp
Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document.
Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp.
Define Stamp...
Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box.
You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp.
Place stamp over text
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page. The printed data may be
hidden behind the stamp.
Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp. The printed data will not be
hidden behind the stamp. However, the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document
may be hidden.
Stamp first page only
Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document
has two or more pages.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only.
Background
Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object (bitmap)
behind the document.
Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list.
Select Background...
Opens the Background Settings dialog box.
You can register a bitmap as a background, and change layout method and intensity of the selected
background.
Background first page only
Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the
document has two or more pages.
Check the Background check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a background on the first page only.
Stamp Tab
The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file (.bmp) to be used for a stamp.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
255
Stamp Type
Specifies the stamp type.
Select Text to create a stamp with characters. Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file. Select
Date/Time/User Name to display the creation date/time and user name of the printed document.
The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type.
• For Text registration, the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text. If necessary,
change the TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline settings. You can select the color of the
stamp by clicking Select Color....
• For Bitmap, click Select File... and select the bitmap file (.bmp) to be used. If necessary,
change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area.
• For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the settings of TrueType Font, Style, Size,
and Outline. You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color....
When Stamp Type is Text or Date/Time/User Name
Stamp Text
Specifies the stamp text string.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text.
Important
• Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date/Time/User Name is selected.
TrueType Font
Selects the font for the stamp text string.
Style
Selects the font style for the stamp text string.
Size
Selects the font size for the stamp text string.
Outline
Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string.
If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.
Color/Select Color...
Shows the current color for the stamp.
To select a different color, click Select Color... to open the Color dialog box, and select or create a
color you wish to use as a stamp.
When Stamp Type is Bitmap
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Size
Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Moving the slider to the right increases the size, moving the slider to the left decreases the size.
256
Transparent white area
Specifies whether to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Check this check box to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Note
• Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text, Stamp Text to blank, TrueType Font to Arial, Style to
Regular, Size to 36 points, Outline unchecked, and Color to gray with the RGB values (192, 192,
192).
Placement Tab
The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Position
Specifies the stamp position on the page.
Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X-Position and Y-Position
coordinates directly.
You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window.
Rotation
Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by entering the number of
degrees.
Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise.
Note
• Rotation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on
the Stamp tab.
Note
• Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the rotation to "0."
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp.
Title
Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Stamps
Shows a list of saved stamp titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the stamp.
Enter a title in Title, and then click this button.
257
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary stamp.
Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list, and click this button.
Background Tab
The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as a background or determine
how to print the selected background.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab.
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as the background.
Layout Method
Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper.
When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview window.
Intensity
Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the
intensity. To print the background at the original bitmap intensity, move the slider to the rightmost
position.
Note
• Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
• Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the Intensity slider to the
middle.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background.
Title
Enter the title to save the background image you specified.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Backgrounds
Shows a list of registered background titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the image data as a background.
After inserting the Title, click this button.
258
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary background.
Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list, and then click this
button.
Related Topics
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Perform Borderless Printing
Fit-to-Page Printing
Scaled Printing
Page Layout Printing
Tiling/Poster Printing
Booklet Printing
Duplex Printing
Setting the Stapling Margin
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Changing the Print Options
Stamp/Background Printing
259
Maintenance Tab Description
The Maintenance tab allows you to start the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or check the status of the
printer.
Maintenance and Preferences
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is started.
You can perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.
About
Opens the About dialog box.
The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.
In addition, the language to be used can be switched.
About dialog box
When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You can select the
language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window.
Modules
Lists the printer driver modules.
Language
Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window.
260
Important
• If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system, the
characters will be garbled.
261
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Features of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor has the following functions:
Onscreen display of printer status
The status monitor displays the printer status in real-time.
You can check the progress of each document to be printed (print job).
Display of error content and correction procedure
The status monitor displays information on any errors that occur on the printer.
You can then immediately check what sort of action to perform.
Ink status display
Displays the ink status.
FINE cartridge types and ink levels can be confirmed.
Overview of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor uses images, icons, and messages to display the printer status and the ink
status.
During printing, you can check information about the document being printed and the print progress.
If an error occurs, the status monitor displays the error content and instructions on how to correct the
error. Follow the message instructions.
Printer
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer.
: There is a warning.
: There has been an operator error.
: There is a notice about something other than a warning or an error.
: There has been an error which requires a service.
262
Document Name
Name of the document being printed.
Owner
Owner's name of the document being printed.
Printing Page
Page number of current page and the total page count.
Display Print Queue
The print queue, which controls the current document and documents waiting to be printed.
Cancel Printing
Cancels printing.
Estimated ink levels
Displays FINE cartridge types and estimated ink levels as images.
Also, if the remaining ink is low or empty, an icon or a message will appear (Ink level warning /
Ink empty error).
Move the cursor onto the image to check detailed information such as the remaining ink levels
and the names of FINE cartridges that the printer can use.
The colors are calibrated to match the color with the least amount of ink remaining, and then all
colors are displayed at the same level.
Ink Model Number
You can look up the correct FINE cartridge for your printer.
Option Menu
If a printer message appears, select Enable Status Monitor to start the Canon IJ Status
Monitor.
Select Enable Status Monitor to use the following commands:
Always Display Current Job
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor whenever a document is being printed.
Always Display on Top
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows.
Display Warning Automatically
When a Low Ink Warning Occurs
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window as a pop-up, and displays it in front of the
other windows when a low ink warning occurs.
Start when Windows is Started
Automatically starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor when Windows is started.
Remote UI menu
You are able to open the printer's Remote User Interface.
You are able to check the printer status and run maintenance functions on the printer when
connected to and using it through a network.
Note
• When the printer is being used via USB connection Remote UI will not display.
Printer Information
Allows you check detailed information, such as the printer status, the print progress, and
remaining ink levels.
263
Maintenance
Allows you to run printer maintenance and change printer settings.
Download Security Certificate
Displays the For secure communication window.
This window allows you to download the route certificate, register it to the browser, and
disable warning displays.
Help Menu
Select this menu to display Help information for the Canon IJ Status Monitor including version
and copyright information.
Related Topic
Canon IJ Status Monitor
264
Installing the MP Drivers
You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers for your model.
1. Start the installer1.
Double-click the icon of the downloaded file.
The installation program starts.
Important
• A confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue, Allow) to continue.
Some applications require an administrator account to continue. In such cases, switch to an
administrator account, and restart the operation from the beginning.
2.
Install the MP Drivers
2.
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
3. Complete the installation3.
Click Exit.
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may be
displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
Important
• You can download the MP Drivers for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your
responsibility.
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
Before Installing the MP Drivers
265
Printing
This printer is compatible with the macOS standard printing system (AirPrint).
You can start printing right away after connecting this printer to your Mac without installing any special
software.
Checking Your Environment
First, check your environment.
• AirPrint Operation Environment•
Mac running the latest version of OS
• Requirement•
The Mac and the printer must be connected by one of the following methods:
◦ Connected to the same network over a LAN
◦ Connected by USB
Print from a Mac
1. Check that printer is turned on1.
Note
• If Auto power on is enabled, printer automatically turns itself on when receiving a print job.
2. Load paper in printer2.
Configure the set paper size in Paper Select button on the printer.
The paper type will be set automatically according to the set paper size.
3. Start printing from your application software3.
The Print dialog opens.
4. Select printer4.
Select your model from the Printer list in the Print dialog.
267
5.
Check print settings
5.
Set items such as Paper Size to the appropriate size, as well as Feed From and Media Type from
Media & Quality.
268
Important
• An error may occur if the paper size set in the print dialog is different from the paper size
configured on the printer. Select the correct items on the print dialog and the printer that
correspond to the paper being printed.
Note
• Use the Print dialog to set general print settings such as the layout and the print sequence.
For information about print settings, refer to macOS help.
6.
Click Print
6.
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
Note
• It can take the Wi-Fi a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after checking
that the printer is connected to the network.
•
You cannot print if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and enable
Bonjour settings.
• Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems.
• The display of the settings screen may differ depending on the application software you are using.
269
Printing on Postcards
This section describes the procedure for printing on postcards.
1. Load postcards in printer1.
2.
Select paper size from printer
2.
Set Hagaki with the Paper Select button on the printer.
3.
Select Paper Size and Media Type from the print dialog
3.
Select Postcard or Postcard Borderless for Paper Size from the print dialog. When you print on the
address side, select Postcard.
Select Hagaki, Hagaki (A), Hagaki K, Hagaki K (A), Ink Jet Hagaki, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), for Media
Type from the print dialog.
Important
•
This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
• You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
4. Click Print4.
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
270
Adding Printer
Procedure for adding printer to your Mac is explained.
To re-add a printer that was deleted, open System Settings -> Printers & Scanners, click Add Printer,
Scanner or Fax..., and then perform the procedure described below.
If your printer is connected via USB, and you connect the USB cable to a Mac, the printer is automatically
added. The below procedure is not necessary in this case.
1.
Check whether Default is selected in the displayed dialog
1.
Note
•
It may take a little time for your printer to appear.
2.
Select the printer
2.
Select the printer listed as Bonjour Multifunction.
Note
•
Check the following if printer does not appear.
Printer is on
Firewall function of the security software is off
Printer is connected to the wireless router
3. Select Secure AirPrint from Use3.
4.
Click Add
4.
The printer is added to your Mac.
271
How to Open Printer Settings Screen
The settings screen of the printer can be displayed from your application software.
Opening the Page Setup Dialog
Use this procedure to set the page (paper) settings before printing.
1.
Select Page Setup... from the File menu of the application software
1.
The Page Setup dialog opens.
Opening the Print Dialog
Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing.
1.
Select Print... from the File menu of the application software
1.
The Print dialog opens.
272
Displaying the Printing Status Screen
Check the print progress according to the following procedure:
1. Launch the printing status screen1.
•
If the print data has been sent to the printer
•
The printing status screen opens automatically. To display the printing status screen, click the
(the printer icon) displayed on the Dock.
•
If the print data has not been sent to the printer
•
Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners.
To display the printing status screen, select your printer model from the printer list, and then click
Printer Queue.....
2.
Check the printing status
2.
You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed.
Deletes the specified print job.
Stops printing the specified document.
Resumes printing the specified document.
Stops printing all documents.
Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all documents.
Important
• If an error occurs, an error message will appear on the printing progress confirmation screen.
• The content of the error message may differ depending on the OS version.
• The printer part names in the error message may differ from what is listed in this manual.
• If the error message is difficult to understand, check the error code displayed on the LCD monitor of the
printer, and check the corresponding support number.
For details on error codes and support numbers, see "When Error Occurred".
273
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen.
1. Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners1.
2.
Select your model, and then click Printer Queue....
2.
The print status check screen appears.
3.
Select the unnecessary print job and click (Delete)
3.
The selected print jobs will be deleted.
274
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of
Printers
The printer that is no longer in use can be removed from the list of printers.
Before removing the printer, remove the cable connecting the printer and PC.
You cannot remove the printer if not logged in as the administrator. For information about an administrative
user, see Users & Groups from System Settings.
1.
Open System Settings, and select Printers & Scanners
1.
2.
Delete printer from list of printers
2.
Select the printer you wish to remove from the list of printers and click Remove Printer....
Click Delete Printer when the confirmation message appears.
275
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)
Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT
276
Paper Settings
By registering the paper size of paper loaded on the rear tray, you can prevent the printer from misprinting
by displaying the error code before printing starts when the paper size of the loaded paper differs from the
print settings.
Media type is set depending on the paper size specified on the LCD.
Paper size Media type
A4, LTR, LGL, B5, A5 Plain paper
KG 4"x6"/10x15cm, L, 2L 5"x7"/13x18cm, 5"x5"/13x13cm Photo paper
Hide Other
After loading paper:
When you load paper on the rear tray:
The paper status icon and the current paper size appear.
Register the paper size according to the loaded paper.
When the paper size setting for printing is different from the paper size
setting set to the printer:
Ex:
277
• Paper size setting for printing: A5
• Paper size setting set to the printer: A4
When you start printing, an error code appears on the LCD.
Select one of the operations below.
Printing by paper size setting for printing
You print on the paper loaded without changing the paper size setting. Press the Color button or the
Black button.
For example, when the paper size setting for printing is A5 and the paper size setting set to A4 on the
LCD, the printer starts printing with A5 on the paper loaded.
Printing after replacing paper
You print after replacing paper loaded on the rear tray.
For example, when the paper size setting for printing is A5 and the paper size setting set to A4 on the
LCD, you load A5 sized paper before you start printing.
278
Set the paper size setting on the LCD depending on the loaded paper on the rear tray after replacing
paper.
Cancel printing
Press the Stop button to cancel printing and change the paper size setting specified for printing. Try
printing again.
Default Setting for Displaying the Error Code which Prevents
Misprinting
• When you print from Windows:•
The error code which prevents misprinting is disabled by default.
To change the setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
• When you print from macOS:•
The error code which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Important
• When the error code which prevents misprinting is disabled:•
The printer starts printing even though the paper size setting for printing and the paper size setting
set to the printer are different.
279
Making Copies on Plain Paper
Load the original on the platen to copy on the A4, Letter, B5, or A5 sized plain paper.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Load paper.
2.
Load A4, Letter, B5, or A5 sized plain paper.
Select A4, LTR, B5, or A5 size for paper size setting on the LCD.
3.
Load the original on the platen.
3.
4.
Press the Black button or the Color button.
4.
The segment display on the LCD flashes.
When the segment display changes from flashing to lit, the printer starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen after copying is complete.
• To make multiple copies•
Press the Color button or the Black button repeatedly according to the number of copies you want
during the segment display flashes.
Press the same button (Color button or Black button) as the one which you previously pressed.
•
To cancel copying
•
Press the Stop button.
Important
• Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen until scanning is completed.•
While the printer is scanning the original, the ON lamp keeps flashing.
• If the paper size setting on the LCD is other than A4, LTR, B5, or A5, the printer performs the photo•
copying.
Copying on Photo Paper
281
• If you press the Color button or the Black button when the paper size is not selected on the LCD, an•
error code appears on the LCD.
When Error Occurred
Note
• The original is copied at the same magnification on plain paper. The original is copied on plain paper•
with borders.
Print Quality
For the print quality of copying, you can select either "Standard" mode or "Draft" mode (speed priority).
"Standard" mode
The quality is given priority over print speed.
Press the Color or Black button for less than 2 seconds in step 4.
"Draft" mode
The print speed is given priority over quality.
Press and hold down the Color or Black button for 2 or more seconds in step 4.
282
Copying on Photo Paper
Load the original on the platen to copy on the KG/10x15cm(4x6), 13x18cm(5x7), or Square size
(127x127mm) photo paper.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Load paper.
2.
Load KG/10x15cm(4x6), 13x18cm(5x7), or Square size (127x127mm) photo paper.
Select KG 4"x6"/10x15cm, 2L 5"x7"/13x18cm, or 5"x5"/13x13cm size for paper size setting on the
LCD.
3.
Load the original on the platen.
3.
4.
Press the Black button or the Color button.
4.
The segment display on the LCD flashes.
When the segment display changes from flashing to lit, the printer starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen after copying is complete.
•
To make multiple copies
•
Press the Color button or the Black button repeatedly according to the number of copies you want
during the segment display flashes.
Press the same button (Color button or Black button) as the one which you previously pressed.
•
To cancel copying
•
Press the Stop button.
Important
• Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen until scanning is completed.•
While the printer is scanning the original, the ON lamp keeps flashing.
• If you press the Color button or the Black button when the paper size is not selected on the LCD, an•
error code appears on the LCD.
283
When Error Occurred
Note
• The original is copied automatically by reducing/enlarging to fit the paper size of photo paper. The•
original is copied on photo paper without borders.
• If you copy the rectangular original on the square size paper, it will be copied with missing the top and•
bottom edges or the left and right edges.
284
Scanning in Windows
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (Scan Utility)
Scan Utility Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Scanning Documents and Photos
Creating/Editing PDF Files
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Network Scan Settings
Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
286
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (Scan Utility)
Scan Utility Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Scanning Documents and Photos
Creating/Editing PDF Files
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
287
Scan Utility Features
Use Scan Utility to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking the
corresponding icon.
Important
• Available functions, the displayed items, and available settings vary depending on your model.
Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
• For details on the Scan Utility main screen, see Scan Utility Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
• The default save folders are as follows.•
Windows 11/Windows 10/Windows 8.1:
Documents folder
Windows 7:
My Documents folder
• To change folder, see Settings Dialog Box.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite
graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.
288
Note
• To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog Box.
289
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen or ADF (Auto
Document Feeder).
Important
• This function is not supported depending on your model.
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames•
(scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver), and then scan again.
Photos with a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
Thin items
Thick items
• When scanning two or more documents from the ADF, place documents of the same size.
1.
Make sure scanner or printer is turned on.
1.
2. Place items on platen or ADF.2.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
3.
Start Scan Utility.
3.
4.
Click Auto in the Scan Utility main screen.
4.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• Use the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog box displayed by clicking Settings... to set
where to save the scanned images and to make advanced scan settings.
•
To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.
•
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
290
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
1. Place the item on the platen.1.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
2.
Start Scan Utility.
2.
3.
To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click Settings..., and then
3.
set each item in the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog box.
Note
•
Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning
from the next time.
• In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline
emphasis, set the destination of the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click Document or Photo in the Scan Utility main screen.4.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
291
Creating/Editing PDF Files
You can create PDF files by scanning items placed on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder). Add,
delete, rearrange pages or make other edits in the created PDF files.
Important
• You can create or edit up to 100 pages of a PDF file at one time.
• Only PDF files created or edited in Scan Utility or IJ PDF Editor are supported. PDF files created or
edited in other applications are not supported.
Note
• You can also create PDF files from images saved on a computer.
• Selectable file formats are PDF, JPEG, TIFF, and PNG.
• Images whose number of pixels in the vertical or horizontal direction is 10501 or more cannot be used.
• When you select a password-protected PDF file, you must enter the password.•
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
1. Place items on platen or ADF.1.
2. Start Scan Utility.2.
3. Click PDF Editor in the Scan Utility main screen.3.
IJ PDF Editor starts.
4.
To specify the paper size, resolution, and other settings, click Settings... from the File
4.
menu, and then set each item in the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog box.
Note
• Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning
from the next time.
• In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline
emphasis.
When setting is completed, click OK.
5.
Click (Scan) on Toolbar.
5.
Scanning starts.
Note
•
To open a file saved on the computer, click Open... from the File menu, and then select the file
•
you want to edit.
•
You can switch the view with the Toolbar buttons. For details, see PDF Edit Screen.
•
292
6. Add pages as needed.6.
When scanning and adding more items:
Place items, and then click (Scan) on the Toolbar.
When adding existing images or PDF files:
Click
(Add Page) on the Toolbar. After the Open dialog box appears, select the image(s) or PDF
file(s) you want to add, and then click Open.
Note
•
You can also add images or PDF files from Add Page from Saved Data... in the File menu.
•
7.
Edit pages as needed.
7.
When changing page order:
Click the page you want to move, and then click
(Page Up) or (Page Down) on the Toolbar to
change the page order. You can also change the page order by dragging and dropping a page to the
target location.
When deleting pages:
Click the page you want to delete, and then click (Delete Page) on the Toolbar.
Note
• These buttons appear when two or more pages have been created.•
8. Select Save As... in File menu.8.
The Save dialog box appears.
9. Specify save settings.9.
Important
•
The following items cannot be set for images whose resolution is outside the range of 75 dpi to
•
600 dpi or whose number of pixels in the vertical or horizontal direction is between 10201 pixels
and 10500 pixels.
PDF Compression
Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
Correct slanted text originals
Detect the orientation of text original and rotate image
File Name
Enter a file name for the PDF file to be saved. When two or more pages have been created and you
are saving each page separately, a sequential number is appended to the file names.
293
Save in
Set the folder in which to save PDF files. To change the folder, click Browse..., and then specify the
destination folder.
Save to a subfolder with current date
Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save
created or edited PDF files in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01"
(Year_Month_Date).
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
File Type
Select the file format for saving PDF files.
PDF
Save each page as a separate PDF file.
PDF (Multiple Pages)
Save multiple pages in one PDF file.
Note
•
PDF (Multiple Pages) appears when two or more pages have been created.
PDF Compression
Select the compression type for saving.
Standard
It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
High
Compresses the file size when saving. This will reduce the load on your network and server.
Important
• If you save PDF files with high compression repeatedly, images may degrade.
Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support
keyword search.
Correct slanted text originals
Select this checkbox to detect the document orientation based on the text in images and correct the
angle (within the range of -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1 to +10 degrees) for creating PDF files.
Important
•
The following types of image may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected
•
correctly.
Images in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line
Images containing both vertical and horizontal text
Images with extremely large or small fonts
Images with small amount of text
Images containing figures/images
Hand-written images
294
Detect the orientation of text original and rotate image
Select this checkbox to detect the page orientation based on the text in images and automatically
rotate the images to the correct orientation for creating PDF files.
Important
• This function is available only for images (text documents) containing languages that can be
selected from Document Language in the Settings (General Settings) dialog box of Scan
Utility. This function is not available depending on the language in the image.
• The page orientation of the following types of image may not be detected since the text cannot•
be detected correctly.
Images with small amount of text
Images containing text whose font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points
Images containing special fonts, effects, italics, or hand-written text
Images with patterned backgrounds
Set up password security
Select this checkbox to display the Password Security Settings dialog box for setting a password
for opening the created PDF file or a password for printing/editing it.
Important
•
When a password-protected PDF file is edited, the passwords will be deleted. Reset the
•
passwords.
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
10. Click Save.10.
The PDF file is saved.
Note
• When a password-protected PDF file is edited, the passwords will be deleted. Reset the•
passwords in the Save dialog box.
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
• To overwrite a saved file, click (Save) on the Toolbar.•
295
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. Use the software to specify the
output size, image corrections, and other settings.
ScanGear can be started from Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with the standard TWAIN
interface. (ScanGear is a TWAIN-compatible driver.)
Features
Specify the document type, output size, and other settings when scanning documents and preview scan
results. Make various correction settings or finely adjust the brightness, contrast, and other parameters to
scan in a specific color tone.
Screens
There are two modes: Basic Mode and Advanced Mode.
Switch modes with the tabs on the upper right of the screen.
Note
• ScanGear starts in the last used mode.
• Settings are not retained when you switch modes.
Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following three simple on-screen steps (
, , and
).
297
Advanced Mode
Use the Advanced Mode tab to scan by specifying the color mode, output resolution, image brightness,
color tone, and other settings.
298
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. Start
ScanGear from Scan Utility or other applications.
Note
• If you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection
from USB connection to network connection, set up the network environment.
Starting from Scan Utility
1.
Start Scan Utility.
1.
For how to start it, see Starting Scan Utility.
2.
In Scan Utility main screen, click ScanGear.
2.
The ScanGear screen appears.
Starting from Application
The procedure varies depending on the application. For details, see the application's manual.
1.
Start application.
1.
2. On application's menu, select machine.2.
Note
• A machine connected over a network, will have "Network" displayed after the product name.
3. Scan document.3.
The ScanGear screen appears.
299
Scanning in Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
To scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen, see Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time
with ScanGear (Scanner Driver).
When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), preview is not available.
Important
• The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly. In that case, click (Thumbnail)•
on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan.
Photos with a whitish background
Documents printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear documents
Thin documents
Thick documents
• The following types of documents cannot be scanned correctly.•
Documents smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes
Note
• Both sides of a two sided document can be scanned simultaneously on models with ADF duplex
scanning support.
1. Place document on machine's Platen or ADF, and then start ScanGear (scanner driver).1.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
2. Set Select Source to match your document.2.
300
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
•
To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color).
3.
Click Preview.
3.
Preview image appears in the Preview area.
Important
• Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF.
Note
• Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source.
4.
Set Destination.
4.
Note
•
Skip ahead to Step 7 if an ADF option is selected in Select Source.
5.
Set Output Size.
5.
Output size options vary with the selected Destination.
6.
Adjust cropping frames (scan areas) as needed.
6.
Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
301
7. Set Image corrections as needed.7.
8. Click Scan.8.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click (Information) to display a dialog box showing the document type and other details of the
current scan settings.
• How ScanGear behaves after scanning is complete can be set from Status of ScanGear dialog after
scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Related Topic
Basic Mode Tab
302
Basic Mode Tab
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Note
• The displayed items vary by document type and view.
• Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Select Source
Photo (Color)
Scan color photos.
Magazine (Color)
Scan color magazines.
Document (Color)
Scan documents in color.
Document (Grayscale)
Scan documents in black and white.
Document (Color) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in black and white.
304
Document (Color) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in black and white.
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
• When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active.
• When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which
adjusts images based on the document type will also be active.
• When you select Magazine (Color), the descreen function will be active.
Display Preview Image
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Note
• When using the machine for the first time, scanner calibration starts automatically. Wait a
while until the preview image appears.
Destination
Select what you want to do with the scanned image.
Print
Select this to print the scanned image on a printer.
Image display
Select this to view the scanned image on a monitor.
OCR
Select this to use the scanned image with OCR software.
305
"OCR software" is software that converts text scanned as an image into text data that can be
edited in word processors and other programs.
Output Size
Select an output size.
Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination.
Flexible
Adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) freely.
In thumbnail view:
Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is
displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is
displayed, each frame is scanned individually.
In whole image view:
When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping
frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned.
Paper Size (such as L or A4)
Select an output paper size. The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size
of the selected paper size. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it while maintaining the
aspect ratio.
Monitor Size (such as 1024 x 768 pixels)
Select an output size in pixels. A cropping frame of the selected monitor size will appear and the
portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it
while maintaining the aspect ratio.
Add/Delete...
Displays the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box for specifying custom output sizes. This
option can be selected when Destination is Print or Image display.
In the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box, multiple output sizes can be specified and then
saved at one time. Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected,
along with the predefined items.
Adding:
Enter Output Size Name, Width, and Height, and then click Add. For Unit, select inches or
mm if Destination is Print; if it is Image display, only pixels can be selected. The name of the
added size appears in Output Size List. Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List.
306
Deleting:
Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List, and then click Delete. Click Save
to save the items listed in Output Size List.
Important
• Predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels cannot be deleted.
Note
• Save up to 10 items.
• An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value
within the setting range.
Note
• For details on whether or how the cropping frame initially appears on a preview image, see
Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview tab of Preferences Dialog Box.
Invert aspect ratio
Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.
Click this button to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation.
Adjust cropping frames
Adjust the scan area within the Preview area.
If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area
is specified, only the portion in the cropping frame will be scanned.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Image corrections
Correct the image to be scanned.
Important
• Apply Auto Document Fix and Correct fading are available when Recommended is selected
on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Note
• Available functions vary by the document type selected in Select Source.
Apply Auto Document Fix
Sharpens text in a document or magazine for better readability.
Important
• Scanning may take longer than usual when this checkbox is selected.
• The color tone may change from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect
the checkbox and scan.
• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.
Correct fading
Corrects photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast.
307
Correct gutter shadow
Corrects shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Important
• Be sure to see Gutter Shadow Correction for precautions and other information on using
this function.
Color Pattern...
Adjust the image's overall color. Correct colors that have faded due to colorcast or other reasons
and reproduce natural colors while previewing color changes.
Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern
Important
• This setting is not available when Color Matching is selected on the Color Settings tab of
the Preferences dialog box.
Scan Image
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
308
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
309
When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
Note
• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.•
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected
Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
• Double-click a frame to enlarge the image. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the
screen to display the previous or next frame. Double-click the enlarged frame again to return it to its
original state.
When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
310
Advanced Mode Tab
This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image
brightness, and color tone.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Important
• The displayed items vary depending on your model, document type, and view.
• The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Favorite Settings
You can name and save a group of settings (Input Settings, Output Settings, Image Settings, and
Color Adjustment Buttons) on the Advanced Mode tab, and load it as required. It is convenient to
save a group of settings if you will be using it repeatedly. You can also use this to reload the default
settings.
Select Add/Delete... from the pull-down menu to open the Add/Delete Favorite Settings dialog box.
312
Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List.
When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with
the predefined items.
To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings
displayed in Favorite Settings List.
Note
• You can set Add/Delete... in Favorite Settings after preview.
• Save up to 10 items.
Input Settings
Specify the input settings such as the document type and size.
Output Settings
Specify the output settings such as the output resolution and size.
Image Settings
Enable/disable various image correction functions.
Color Adjustment Buttons
Fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones can be made including adjustments to the
image's overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram)
or balance (tone curve).
Zoom
Zooms in on a frame, or zooms in on the image in the area specified with a cropping frame
(scan area). When zoomed in, Zoom changes to Undo. Click Undo to return the display to its
non-magnified state.
In thumbnail view:
When multiple images are displayed in thumbnail view, clicking this button zooms in on the selected
frame. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next
frame.
Note
• You can also zoom in on an image by double-clicking the frame. Double-click the enlarged frame
again to return it to its original state.
In whole image view:
Rescans the image in the area specified with a cropping frame at higher magnification.
313
Note
• Zoom rescans the document and displays high-resolution image in Preview.
• (Enlarge/Reduce) on the Toolbar zooms in on the preview image quickly. However, the
resolution of the displayed image will be low.
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear.
Follow the prompt to complete. For details, see Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning in
Scan tab of Preferences dialog box.
• It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain
size. In that case, a warning message appears; it is recommended that you reduce the total size.
To continue, scan in whole image view.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
314
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Clear)
Deletes the preview image from the Preview area.
It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings.
(Crop)
Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse.
(Move Image)
Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in
the Preview area does not fit in the screen. You can also move the image using the scroll bars.
(Enlarge/Reduce)
Allows you to zoom in on the Preview area by clicking the image. Right-click the image to zoom out.
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
•
The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
•
The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
315
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in (1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
316
Note
• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.•
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected
Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
Note
• Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be•
created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
Scanning in Advanced Mode
Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode
317
General Notes (Scanner Driver)
ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it.
Scanner Driver Restrictions
• When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the
TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons. Contact the computer's
administrator for help.
• Some computers (including laptops) connected to the machine may not resume correctly from
standby mode. In that case, restart the computer.
• Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same
computer simultaneously. If multiple scanning devices are connected, you cannot scan from the
operation panel or scanner buttons of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing
the devices.
• Calibration may take time if the machine is connected via USB 1.1.
• Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep or standby mode. In that case, follow these•
steps and scan again.
If your model has no power button, perform Step 2 only.
1. Turn off the machine.
2. Exit ScanGear, then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it.
3. Turn on the machine.
If scanning still fails, restart the computer.
• ScanGear cannot be opened in multiple applications at the same time. Within an application,
ScanGear cannot be opened for the second time when it is already open.
• Be sure to close the ScanGear window before closing the application.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, the machine cannot be
accessed from multiple computers at the same time.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, scanning takes longer than
usual.
• Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high
resolutions. For example, at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at
600 dpi in full-color.
•
ScanGear and WIA driver cannot be used at the same time.
•
Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning.
Applications with Restrictions on Use
• Some applications may not display the TWAIN user interface. In that case, refer to the application's
manual and change the settings accordingly.
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning of multiple documents. In some cases, only
the first scanned image is accepted, or multiple images are scanned as one image. For such
applications, do not scan multiple documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
• To import scanned images into Microsoft Office 2000, first save them using Scan Utility, then import
the saved files from the Insert menu.
318
• When scanning Platen size images into Microsoft Office 2003 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), click
Custom Insert in the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera screen. Otherwise, images may not
be scanned correctly.
• When scanning images into Microsoft Office 2007/Microsoft Office 2010 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint,
etc.), use Microsoft Clip Organizer.
• Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating
system's virtual memory and retry.
• When image size is too large (such as when scanning large images at high resolution), your computer
may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 % depending on the application. In that case,
cancel the action (for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar), then increase the operating
system's virtual memory or reduce the image size/resolution and retry. Alternatively, scan the image
via Scan Utility first, then save and import it into the application.
319
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) for scanning. If
items are not placed correctly they may not be scanned correctly.
Placing Items (Platen)
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Placing Items (Platen)
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.
Important
• Depending on your model, the function to scan by automatically detecting the item type and size does
not appear.
• When scanning by specifying the paper size in Scan Utility or ScanGear (scanner driver), align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
• If scanned by detecting the item type and size automatically, the response may differ. In that case,
adjust the cropping frame (scan area) manually.
• Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment
mark) of the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a format other than PDF, scan by
specifying the data format.
Loading Originals on Platen
Loading Based on Use
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
To scan documents using the ADF, load the documents as described below.
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
321
Network Scan Settings
You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images
into a specified computer.
Important
• Multiple users cannot scan at the same time.
Note
• Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand by following the instructions on our
website.
• With network connection, scanning takes longer than USB connection.
Complete the following settings to enable scanning over a network.
Specifying Your Scanner or Printer
Use Network Scanner Selector EX2 to specify the scanner you want to use. By specifying the scanner,
you can scan over a network from your computer or the operation panel.
Important
• If the product you want to use is changed with Network Scanner Selector EX2, the product used for•
scanning with Scan Utility changes as well. The product for scanning from the operation panel also
changes.
If your scanner or printer is not selected in Scan Utility, check that it is selected with Network Scanner
Selector EX2.
Refer to "Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen" for details.
• To scan from the operation panel, specify your scanner or printer with Network Scanner Selector EX2
beforehand.
1.
Check that Network Scanner Selector EX2 is running.
1.
If Network Scanner Selector EX2 is running, (Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the
notification area on the desktop. Click to check the hidden icons as well.
Note
•
If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to
•
start.
Windows 11/Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click (All apps >) Canon Utilities > Network Scanner Selector
EX2.
Windows 8.1:
Click Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
322
If Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search
charm, then search for "Network Scanner Selector EX2".
Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > Network Scanner Selector
EX2 > Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen
appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
2.
In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (Network Scanner Selector EX2),
2.
then select Settings....
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
3.
Select your scanner or printer from Scanners.
3.
Normally, the MAC address of your scanner or printer is already selected after the network setup. In
that case, you do not need to select it again.
Important
•
If multiple scanners exist on the network, multiple model names appear. In that case, you can
select one scanner per model.
4. Click OK.4.
Note
• The scanner selected in the Scan-from-PC Settings screen will be automatically selected in the
Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen as well.
Setting for Scanning with Scan Utility
To scan from Scan Utility using a scanner or printer connected to a network, specify your scanner or
printer with Network Scanner Selector EX2, then follow the steps below to change the connection status
between it and the computer.
1.
Start Scan Utility.
1.
2.
Select "Canon XXX series Network" (where "XXX" is the model name) for Scanner.
2.
3.
Click Settings... to use another scanner connected to a network.
3.
4.
Click (General Settings), then click Select in Product Name.
4.
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen of Network Scanner Selector EX2 appears.
Select the scanner you want to use and click OK.
323
5. In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, click OK.5.
The Scan Utility main screen reappears. You can scan via a network connection.
Setting for Scanning from the Operation Panel
You can make the setting for scanning from the operation panel.
Important
• Set Scan Utility to use your scanner or printer via a network connection beforehand.•
Setting for Scanning with Scan Utility
1.
Check that Network Scanner Selector EX2 is running.
1.
If Network Scanner Selector EX2 is running, (Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the
notification area on the desktop. Click to check the hidden icons as well.
Note
• If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to•
start.
Windows 11/Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click (All apps >) Canon Utilities > Network Scanner Selector
EX2.
Windows 8.1:
Click Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
If Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search
charm, then search for "Network Scanner Selector EX2".
Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > Network Scanner Selector
EX2 > Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen
appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
2.
In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (Network Scanner Selector EX2),
2.
then select Settings....
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
3.
Click Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings.
3.
The Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen appears.
4.
Select your scanner or printer from Scanners and click OK.
4.
Select the MAC address of your scanner or printer.
324
Note
• When multiple scanners are connected via a network, you can select up to three scanners.
5. In the Scan-from-PC Settings screen, click OK.5.
Note
• If your scanner or printer does not appear, check the following, click OK to close the screen, then•
reopen it and try selecting again.
MP Drivers is installed
Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers
Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled
If the problem is still not solved, see Network Communication Problems.
325
Scanning in macOS
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility Lite)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
326
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Use IJ Scan Utility Lite to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking
the corresponding icon.
Important
• The displayed items and available functions vary depending on your scanner or printer.
Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
• For details on the IJ Scan Utility Lite main screen, see IJ Scan Utility Lite Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
• The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
• For how to specify a folder, see Settings Dialog.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite
graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.
328
Note
• To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog.
329
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen or ADF (Auto
Document Feeder).
Important
• This function is not supported depending on your model.•
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames•
(selection boxes; scan areas) in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility Lite main
screen, and then scan again.
Photos with a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
Thin items
Thick items
• When scanning two or more documents from the ADF, place documents of the same size.
1. Check that scanner or printer is turned on.1.
2. Place items on platen or ADF.2.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
3.
Start IJ Scan Utility Lite.
3.
4.
Click Auto in the IJ Scan Utility Lite main screen.
4.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• Use the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog to set where to save the scanned images and to
make advanced scan settings.
• To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.•
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
330
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
1. Place the item on the platen.1.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
2.
Start IJ Scan Utility Lite.
2.
3.
To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click Settings..., and then
3.
set each item in the Settings (Scanning from a Computer) dialog.
Note
•
Once settings are made in the Settings dialog, the same settings can be used for scanning from
the next time.
• In the Settings dialog, specify image processing settings such as slant correction, set where to
save the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click Document or Photo in the IJ Scan Utility Lite main screen.4.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
331
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) for scanning. If
items are not placed correctly they may not be scanned correctly.
Important
• When using a personal scanner in the upright position, the item type may not be detected automatically.
In that case, specify the item type in IJ Scan Utility Lite and scan.
Placing Items (Platen)
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Placing Items (When Using Stand)
Placing Items (Platen)
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.
Important
• Depending on your model, the function to scan by automatically detecting the item type and size does
not appear.
• When scanning by specifying the paper size, align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the
arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
• If scanned by detecting the item type and size automatically, the response may differ. In that case,
adjust the cropping frame (selection box) manually.
• Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment
mark) of the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a format other than PDF, scan by
specifying the data format.
Inkjet All-In-One printer:
Loading Originals on Platen
Loading Based on Use
Personal scanner:
Items You Can Place & How to Place Items
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
To scan documents using the ADF, load the documents as described below.
Loading Documents in the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
Placing Items (When Using Stand)
1.
Place item on platen.
1.
333
1. Open the document cover.1.
2. Place the item with the side to scan facing the platen, and then align it with the alignment2.
mark.
Important
• If you open the document cover wide, the scanner may fall over.
• Portions placed over (A) (0.094 inch (2.4 mm) from the left edge of the platen) or (B) (0.106 inch•
(2.7 mm) from the front edge) cannot be scanned.
2.
Gently close document cover.
2.
While scanning, hold the document cover gently with your hand to keep it closed.
Important
•
Keep these points in mind when using the scanner in the upright position.
Do not subject the scanner to vibration during operation. The correct image results may not
be obtained (for example, images may blur).
334
The item type may not be detected automatically. In that case, specify the item type in IJ
Scan Utility Lite and scan.
335
Frequently Asked Questions
Top 6
Network Connection Setup Guide
Search by Category
Error
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
When Error Occurred
Message Is Displayed
1000 is displayed
1300 is displayed
Disable notifications for 2114 error
Network
Easy Understanding Network Connections
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB)
Change to Offline (Windows)
Printing Network Settings
336
>
>
>
>
>
List of Support Codes for Printer Errors
Network Communication Problems
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Printer Does Not Print
Printing
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Printer Does Not Print
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Blurry or Fuzzy
Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Scan
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanner Does Not Work (Windows)
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start (Windows)
Scan Utility Error Messages (Windows)
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages (Windows)
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
Security / Other
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows)
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Printer Does Not Turn On
Maintenance
Questions not Listed Above
Error
337
Cannot Use Previous Applications
Network
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Devices
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Administrator Password
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring to Factory Defaults
USB Connection Problems
Updating Printer Firmware
Printing
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Printing (Copying) Stops
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Scan
Scanning Problems(macOS)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory(Windows)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory(macOS)
Security / Other
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Operation Problems
338
Network Settings and Common Problems
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to
use.
Wireless LAN
Wireless Direct
Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB)
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
Detect Same Printer Name
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Cannot Print or Connect
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy Wireless (Easy WL) Connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Administrator Password
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Checking Status Code
339
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy Wireless (Easy WL) Connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printer Prints Slowly
No Ink Level Appears in Canon IJ Status Monitor (Windows)
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Remember Printer's Administrator Password
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Default Network Settings
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Checking Status Code
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printer Prints Slowly
No Ink Level Appears in Canon IJ Status Monitor (Windows)
340
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Important
• Make sure the following four items first.
If the security settings on the wireless router are enabled, to disable the settings may solve the
problem.
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
If the printer does not support 5 GHz, enable 2.4 GHz on the wireless router.
To disable Band Steering function* of wireless router may solve the problem.
If the same SSIDs are assigned for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, to assign different SSIDs may solve the
problem.
* Band Steering function:Band Steering monitors a Wi-Fi network and automatically assigns
devices to their optimal frequency band within 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency bands depending
on the situation.
If you cannot find the printer on network during setup, check the following.
When you complete all the checking, try to set up from the beginning.
When connecting the printer to Wi-Fi, check/respond to all the items in [Step 1], and try to set up from the
beginning. If you still cannot set up the printer properly, try the items in [Step 2] and try to set up from the
beginning.
Step1
Check the basic items for Wi-Fi
Step2
Solve the problem, using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
343
Items to check for Wi-Fi
Step1
Check the basic items for Wi-Fi
1.
Check power status
1.
Are printer and network devices (router, etc.) turned on?
Stop setting up, and check if the router (modem) is turned on and then check if the printer is turned on.
1. Check if network devices such as router are turned on.1.
If network devices are not turned on, turn on the power. If the network devices are on, turn them off and on again.
It may take a while for the network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Proceed once the network devices such as router are ready for use.
2. Check if the printer is turned on2.
If printer is not turned on, turn on the power. If the printer is on, turn them off and on again.
Proceed once you complete checking the power status above.
2.
Check PC network connection
2.
Can you view any web pages on your computer? Make sure the computer and network device (wireless router, etc.) are configured and the
computer is connected to the network.
If you cannot view web pages on your computer, check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC address
filtering, and DHCP function.
For more on checking the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the
manufacturer.
Important
•
Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID) is assigned for a bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for
•
PC or game machine), using alphanumeric characters at the end of network name (SSID).
Once you complete checking the wireless router, configure the network settings for your computer. For the procedures, refer to the instruction
manual supplied with the computer, or contact the manufacturer.
Once you complete setting up the wireless router and your computer, configure the settings on your computer in order to view web pages, using the
information of the wireless router.
Proceed once you complete checking the network connection above.
3.
Check printer's Wi-Fi settings
3.
Check the connection status between the printer and wireless router using the sign on the right of the icon.
If icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to use Wi-Fi. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
If
icon is displayed:
icon indicates that the wireless router and the printer are not connected. Reconsider the locations of the wireless router and the printer.
• Checking the location of wireless router:•
344
After checking the wireless router setting, make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router. The printer can be up 50
m (164 ft.) from the wireless router indoors if unobstructed. The printer is designed for indoor use. Make sure the printer is close enough to the
wireless router to be used.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between different rooms or
floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot
communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may
cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.
• Checking the location of printer:•
Make sure that the printer is not placed behind an object. The printer may not be connected when placed behind a wall or on a shelf. Try to
place the printer in a location where there is no obstacle.
For details, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
When you complete checking [Step 1] above, try to set up from the beginning.
If the printer cannot be detected after trying to set up from the beginning, proceed to [Step 2].
Step2
Solve the Problem, Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Diagnose and repair the network connections using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Download IJ Network Device Setup Utility from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Refer to below in regard to starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
•
For Windows:
•
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
•
For macOS:
•
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Once revised, try to set up from the beginning.
345
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find
Printer Connected via USB)
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check1
Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
•
Check the orientation of the "Type-B" connector and connect to the printer. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check2
Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
Important
•
For macOS, make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers & Scanners screen.
•
If the icon (locked) is displayed, click the icon to unlock. (The administrator name and the password
are necessary to unlock.)
1. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.1.
2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn off.2.
3.
Turn on printer.
3.
Check3
Follow the steps below to install MP Drivers again.
1. Download the latest MP Drivers.1.
346
2. Turn off printer.2.
3. Shut down computer.3.
After shutting down, restart your computer and install the latest MP Drivers downloaded in step 1.
Important
•
When installing the MP Drivers (Printer Driver), make sure you select the correct printer name.
•
For Windows:
•
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
347
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
First, make sure printer is turned on. Next, make sure that you can view any web page on the Internet with
your computer. After confirming the two, use the IJ Network Device Setup Utility to diagnose and repair
network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:•
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For macOS:•
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If the problem persists after diagnosis and repair with IJ Network Device Setup Utility, check the following
items.
Check1
Check the icon on LCD.
If the icon is not displayed, press the Wireless select button to enable Wi-Fi.
If the icon is displayed, see the following check to make sure whether printer setup is complete or the
settings of wireless router to connect are correct.
Check2
Make sure printer setup is complete on the computer.
If it is not, click here and perform setup.
Check3
Make sure printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
Note
• This printer can be connected to a wireless router that supports 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, or both bands. If the
wireless router is set up to use the same SSID for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, set up that SSID on the printer so
that the printer and wireless router can be connected at either 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz.
To check the network name (SSID) set for the printer, print out the network setting information of the printer.
348
Printing Network Settings
Check4
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Check5
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal strength and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to
a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
Indication of LCD
Check6
Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Check7
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings.
Check8
If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If the problem is not resolved, click here and redo setup.
349
Network Connection Problems
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic Functions
Cannot Print/Set up/Find the Printer Even Though it is Connected to the Wireless
Router and the Network
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router
Settings
350
Solve Network Troubles with The Printer's Diagnostic
Functions
First, make sure printer is turned on. Next, make sure that you can view any web page on the Internet with
your computer. After confirming the two, use the IJ Network Device Setup Utility to diagnose and repair
network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:•
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For macOS:•
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If the problem persists after diagnosis and repair with IJ Network Device Setup Utility, check the following
items.
Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct
Cannot Print through Network
Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes
It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.
Make sure the computer has obtained a valid IP address, and try again to find the printer.
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
Check1
Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
smartphone/tablet.
• Turn on the printer or devices.
•
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
• It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
351
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
Use the icon on the LCD to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router. If the
icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
Check3
Make sure the printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
This printer can be connected to a wireless router that supports 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, or both bands. If the wireless
router is set up to use the same SSID for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz, set up that SSID on the printer so that the
printer and wireless router can be connected at either 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information of the printer.
Printing Network Settings
Check4
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Check5
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
Indication of LCD
Check6
Make sure of the Wi-Fi channel numbers used for your computer.
You need to have the same Wi-Fi channel number that you are using for the wireless router as your computer.
It is normally set in the way that you can use all the Wi-Fi channels. However, when the channels that you are
using are restricted, the Wi-Fi channels do not match.
See the instruction manual provided with your computer and check the Wi-Fi channel number available for
your computer.
Check7
Make sure channel set on wireless router is a usable channel as confirmed in
the previous check.
If it is not, change the channel set on the wireless router.
352
Check8
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings.
Check9
If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If the problem is not resolved, click here and redo setup.
• Positioning:•
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them.
Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct
Check1
Check printer settings.
Make sure the icon is displayed on the LCD.
If not, press the Wireless select button to enable Wireless Direct.
Check2
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check3
Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, print out the network setting
information of the printer.
Printing Network Settings
Check4
Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, print out the network setting information of the printer.
Printing Network Settings
353
Check5
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
If the distance between the printer and device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and device close to each other.
Check6
Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
Cannot Print/Scan through Network
Check1
Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual
or contact its manufacturer.
Check2
If MP Drivers (Printer Driver) is not installed, install it. (Windows)
Click here and install the MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
Check3
Make sure wireless router does not restrict which computers and printer can
access it.
For more on connecting to and setting up your wireless router, see the wireless router instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
Note
•
To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC
Address.
354
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Diagnose and repair the network connections using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
Download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• For Windows:•
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For macOS:•
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If the problem persists after diagnosis and repair with Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, check the following items.
WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key
WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Key Set for wireless router Unknown, Cannot
Connect
Check the wireless router settings. For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual
provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate
with the wireless router.
Setting an Encryption Key
Select the encryption containing WPA2.
Note
• The factory default of wireless router supporting WPA3 may be set to WPA3.
Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router using the settings you have selected.
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer.
• Using WPA2/WPA3•
The authentication method, Wi-Fi password, and dynamic encryption type must be identical among
the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
355
Enter the Wi-Fi password configured on the wireless router.
AES (more secure encryption than TKIP) is selected as the dynamic encryption method. The printer
does not support TKIP. If the wireless router settings are set to "TKIP only", you will not be able to
connect to the printer.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Details Screen Appears.
Note
• This printer supports the following.
WPA-PSK (WPA-Personal)
WPA2-PSK (WPA2-Personal)
WPA3-SAE (WPA3-Personal)
• Some printers support IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise). To configure•
IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise), you also need to configure the authentication
(Radius) server.
Contact the network administrator for more information.
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (connection, scanner/copy and etc.) may
not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Product Specifications.
356
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or
Changed Router Settings
When wireless router is replaced or router settings are changed, the network settings of your computer,
smartphone/tablet or printer must be reconfigured according to the new wireless router.
Check1
Check if your computer or smartphone/tablet can be connected to Internet
through the new wireless router.
If your computer or smartphone/tablet cannot be connected to Internet, check if the wireless router setup is
completed and configure the settings on the computer or smartphone/tablet to connect to the wireless router.
Check2
Resetup printer network
Refer to Setup Guide to setup.
Note
• Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.•
Select the link below to download Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Refer to below in regard to starting up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless
Router
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Encryption Key on wireless router
Check1
Check wireless router setting.
357
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other
under this setting.
Check2
If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check that MAC
addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are registered.
Check3
If using WPA/WPA2/WPA3 key or a password, make sure encryption key for
computer, network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the wireless
router, the printer, and your computer.
For details, see Setting an Encryption Key.
Note
•
Some printers support IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise). To configure
•
IEEE802.1X/EAP (WPA/WPA2/WPA3 Enterprise), you also need to configure the authentication
(Radius) server.
Contact the network administrator for more information.
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (connection, scanner/copy and etc.) may not
apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Product Specifications.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After
Changing Encryption Type at wireless router
If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after you change the encryption type for the wireless
router, make sure the encryption type and passkey or password for the computer matches that of the
wireless router.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
358
Checking Network Information of Printer
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
Checking Network Setting Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the printer's IP address or MAC address, print out the network setting information of the printer.
Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
• For Windows:•
1. Select Command Prompt from Start.1.
2. Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.2.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to a
network, the IP address does not appear.
• For macOS:•
1.
Select System Settings from Apple menu, and then click Network.
1.
2.
Make sure network interface used by computer is selected.
2.
Make sure Wi-Fi is Connected when connecting via Wi-Fi or Ethernet is Connected for Wired
LAN connection and click.
3.
Click Details to check the IP Address.
3.
The IP Address of your computer appears. To check the MAC Address, click Hardware.
360
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
Wireless Router
Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
• For Windows:•
1.
Select Command Prompt from Start.
1.
2.
Type "ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" and press Enter.
2.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP Address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
• For macOS:•
1. Start Terminal as shown below.1.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > Applications > Utilities
> Terminal.
2. Type "ping -c3 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" and press Enter.2.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP Address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If the following message is displayed, communication is not working properly.
PING XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX (XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX) : 56 data bytes
---XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 0 packets received, 100% packet loss
Checking Network Setting Information
361
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Important
• Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing/scanning operation from a•
computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the
factory defaults, Click here and redo setup.
Press the Setup button until "10" appears on the LCD and press the Black button or the Color button.
The network settings are initialized.
363
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
If you cannot print/scan from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot
communicate with the printer.
Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
Cannot Communicate with Printer over Wireless LAN
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
Note
• For problems on printing with other connection methods or more on performing settings of each•
connection method:
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Cannot Communicate with Printer over Wireless LAN
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer, check the following.
Check1
Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
smartphone/tablet.
•
Turn on the printer or devices.
•
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
•
It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check3
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
•
Use the icon on the LCD to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router. If the
•
icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
•
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.)
•
are identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information of the
printer.
365
Printing Network Settings
Note
• If you have a computer, IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network•
status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check4
Are network settings of your smartphone/tablet identical with those of wireless
router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the
network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router.
Check5
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Check6
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
Indication of LCD
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
366
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer in the Wireless Direct, check the following.
Check1
Check the power status of printer and other devices (smartphone or tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2
Is Wireless Direct enabled?
Make sure the icon displayed on the LCD.
If not, press the Wireless select button to enable Wireless Direct.
Check3
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4
Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, print out the network setting
information of the printer.
Printing Network Settings
Check5
Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, print out the network setting information of the printer.
Printing Network Settings
Check6
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
If the distance between the printer and device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and device close to each other.
Check7
Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
Note
• This web page contains information about several models. Depending on the specifications of the•
printer you are using, some of the features described (connection, scanner/copy and etc.) may not
apply.
367
Printer Does Not Print
Check1
Make sure printer is turned on.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
Note
•
If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. Wait until
•
printing starts.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the
USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
•
If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
•
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact
the vendor of the relay device.
•
There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
•
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Note
•
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
•
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check3
Make sure paper settings match information set for rear tray.
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the rear tray, an error code appears on the LCD and
message appears on the computer.
When Error Occurred
Check4
If printing from a computer, delete jobs stuck in print queue.
370
•
For Windows:
•
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
•
For macOS:
•
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check5
Is your printer's printer driver selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
• For Windows:•
Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
•
If multiple printers are registered to your computer, set your printer as default printer to make the one
•
selected by default.
Default Printer Keeps Changing (Windows)
•
For macOS:
•
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
•
If multiple printers are registered to your computer, select Set as Default Printer from System
•
Settings > Printers & Scanners for a printer to make the one selected by default.
Check6
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
•
Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
•
•
After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
•
Check7
If printing from a computer, restart the computer.
Restart the computer and try printing again.
Important
•
For Windows:
•
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
371
Printer Does Not Pick Up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Check1
Make sure paper is loaded.
Loading Paper
Check2
When loading paper, consider the following.
•
When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.
•
•
When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
•
limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or
environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of
paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
•
Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
•
•
When you load the paper, load the paper with the print side facing UP. Align the paper stack against the
•
right side of the rear tray and slide the paper guide so that it just touches the left edge of the stack.
Loading Paper
Check3
Is paper too thick or curled?
Unsupported Media Types
Check4
Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper.
Check5
Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray.
If the paper tears in the rear tray, see What to Do When Paper Is Jammed to remove it.
If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from the power supply,
then remove the foreign object.
372
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned/distorted lines, or uneven colors, check
the paper and print quality settings first.
Check1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings varies depending on the device you are using.
•
Copying from printer:
•
Check the settings using the operation panel.
Making Copies on Plain Paper
Copying on Photo Paper
•
Printing from your computer:
•
Check the settings using the printer driver.
Basic Printing Setup
•
Printing from your smartphone/tablet using App :
•
Check the settings on the App.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected (see list above).
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
Check3
If problem is not resolved, check also the sections below.
374
Images Incomplete/
Cannot Complete
Printing
Lines Incomplete or
Missing (Windows)
Back of Paper Is
Smudged
Uneven Colors
Streaked Colors
If Printed Paper Has Been Discolored
Colors may fade with time if the printed paper is left for a long period of time.
After printing, dry the paper sufficiently, avoid high temperatures, high humidity, and direct sunlight, and
store or display indoors at room temperature and normal humidity.
To avoid direct exposure to air, we recommend that you store the paper in an album, plastic folder, photo
frame, etc.
376
Ink Does Not Come Out/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding
Colors/Streaks
Ink Does Not Come Out
Blurry or Fuzzy
Inaccurate or Bleeding
Colors
Streaks
Note
• If printouts are blank, black does not print, is faint, or has a blue or red tint, refer to this web page.•
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Check the estimated ink levels in the FINE cartridges. When a FINE cartridge
runs out of ink, replace it with new ones.
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Check3
Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely, ink may not be ejected correctly. Retract the output tray extension
and the paper output tray, open the cover, remove the FINE cartridges and then check the following.
• Check that there is no orange tape left on the FINE cartridge.•
If the orange tape remains on the FINE cartridge, peel it off.
• Then install the FINE cartridges again. Push up the FINE cartridge until it clicks into place.•
377
After confirming that the FINE cartridge is installed properly, close the cover.
Check4
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
•
For Windows:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
• For macOS:•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
If the pattern is not printed correctly, go to the next step.
Step2
Clean the print head.
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
• For Windows:•
Clean the print head
• For macOS:•
Clean the print head
If it does not improve, go to the next step.
Step3
Clean the print head again.
After cleaning the print head again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
•
For Windows:
•
Clean the print head deeply
•
For macOS:
•
Clean the print head deeply
If it does not improve, turn off the printer for more than 24 hours without disconnecting the power plug, and go to the next step.
Step5
Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
378
Step6
Replace the FINE cartridge.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice, the print head may be damaged, or ink may have run out. Replace
the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
Check5
When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side
of the paper.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
When you load paper, load paper with the printable side facing up.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
• When copying, see also the sections below:•
Check6
Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check7
Make sure original is properly loaded on platen.
When you load the original on the platen, load it with the side to be copied facing down.
Loading Originals
Check8
Is copy source a printed paper by printer?
If you use a printout done by this printer as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the condition
of the original.
Reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.
379
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned/distorted or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
•
If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
•
manually from your computer.
For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
Check3
Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the printer driver may improve the print result.
380
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing.
Supported Media Types
Check3
Correct curl before loading paper.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
•
Plain Paper
•
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
• Other Paper•
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 in. / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed
properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.
1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.1.
381
2. Check that paper is now flat.
2.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
• Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.•
Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 in. / 3 mm (C) in height before printing.
This may improve the print result.
(B) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4
If brightness is set low, increase brightness setting and try printing again.
(Windows)
If you are printing with a low brightness setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
You can adjust the brightness in the printer driver settings.
Adjusting Brightness
Check5
Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check6
Make sure original is properly loaded on platen.
When you load the original on the platen, load it with the side to be copied facing down.
Loading Originals
Check7
Is inside of printer dirty?
During duplex printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
382
Note
•
To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
•
Check8
Set longer ink drying time.
This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.
• For Windows:•
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
1.
Open Remote UI on the web browser of your device.1.
Configuration Changes / Display Printer Status Using Web Browser
2.
Select Log in on Remote UI.
2.
Note
•
If you specify the administrator password, enter the password.
3.
Select Printer settings
3.
4.
Select Ink drying wait time
4.
•
For macOS:
•
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
383
Vertical Line Next to Image
Check
Is loaded paper size correct?
If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, a vertical line (A) may appear in the margin.
Set the paper size to match the loaded paper.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Note
•
The direction of the vertical line (A) pattern may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
•
•
This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is
•
ejected for cleaning.
Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper, it may get onto
the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size.
384
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1
Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2
Check for any printererrors.
For messages, see When Error Occurred.
Check 3
Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer.
Check 4
If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 5
With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as
needed.
Network Scan Settings
Check 6
Restart the computer.
Check 7
Reinstall MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
387
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start
Check 1
Make sure MP Drivers is installed.
If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Check 2
Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Important
•
If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times, select the one that does not include WIA.
Note
•
The operation may differ depending on the application.
•
Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA-compliant application.
•
Scanning with WIA Driver
Check 3
Make sure that the application supports TWAIN.
You cannot start ScanGear (scanner driver) from applications not supporting TWAIN.
Check 4
Scan and save images with Scan Utility and open the files in your application.
388
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1
Check that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2
Check for any printer errors.
For messages, see When Error Occurred.
Check 3
With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as
needed.
Check 4
With USB connection, connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the
computer.
Check 5
If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 6
Restart the computer.
Check 7
To scan from the printer's operation panel with USB connection, click Scan-
from-Operation-Panel Settings in the Settings (General Settings) dialog, and then
check that the following checkboxes are selected.
•
Your scanner or printer
•
Enables scanning from the operation panel
391
Scanner Driver Does Not Start
Check 1
Make sure the application software supports AirPrint.
Check 2
Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Note
• The operation may differ depending on the application.
Check 3
Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility Lite and open the files in your
application.
Check 4
Your scanner may be locked. (Personal scanners only)
If IJ Scan Utility Lite or the application is running, exit it. Slide the scanner lock switch to the release position
( ), then reconnect the USB cable.
392
Printer Does Not Turn On
Check1
Press ON button.
Power Supply
Check2
Make sure power plug is securely connected to printer, and then turn on again.
Check3
Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn
on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
394
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Check
If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that
time has elapsed.
•
To disable the setting from the operation panel:
•
1. Make sure printer is turned on.1.
2.
Press Setup button repeatedly until "12" appears on LCD.
2.
3.
Press Black button.
3.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
Note
• If this setting is changed, power consumption may increase.•
395
USB Connection Problems
Make sure of the checking item below when you find one of the followings.
• Printing/Scanning is slow.
• Hi-Speed USB connection does not work.
• A message such as "This device can perform faster" appears. (Windows)
Note
• If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed
of Full-Speed or Low-Speed. In this case, the printer works properly but printing or scanning speed may
slow down due to the communication speed.
Check
Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed USB
connection.
•
Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
•
•
Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
•
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10
feet / 3 meters or so.
•
Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly on your computer?
•
Make sure the latest Hi-Speed USB driver is working properly and obtain and install the latest version of the
Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer, if necessary.
Important
•
For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.
•
396
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Check1
Make sure printer is turned on.
Check2
Connect USB cable properly.
As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.
Important
•
Check the orientation of the "Type-B" connector and connect to the printer. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check3
Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
397
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
If the MP Drivers were not installed correctly, make sure that all Windows Updates have been applied. If
all Windows Updates have not been applied, apply all Windows Updates.
After confirming Windows Update, perform the following operations to install the MP Drivers.
1.
Open screen to uninstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
1.
For Windows 11:
Select Settings > Apps.
Select Installed apps.
For Windows 10:
Select Settings > Apps.
For Windows 8.1 / Windows 7:
Select Control Panel > Programs and Features.
2. Check if there is "Canon XXX series Driver" or "Canon XXX series Printer Driver" you2.
want to install in list.
"XXX" is the model name.
3. If you find MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for printer you want to install, uninstall it.3.
If not found, proceed to the next step.
4. Restart computer.4.
After restarting, install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
Important
•
For Windows:
•
To restart your computer, choose Restart instead of Shut down.
399
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment
(Windows)
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in advance.
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
After the download is completed, overwrite and install the new version of the MP Drivers (Printer Driver)
according to the specified installation procedure.
Note
• The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without
redoing settings.
400
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs in printing, for example, if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears
on the computer screen. For some errors, a support code (error number) is also displayed.
On the printer's LCD, an error code is displayed.
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Computer
Screen (Windows):
Take the appropriate action described in the message.
For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see List of Support Code for Error.
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message (Support Code) Appears.
When an Error Code is displayed on the Printer's LCD:
The error code appears on the printer's LCD one by one.
If the error code is "E03":
402
Check the error code on the printer's LCD and take the corresponding action described below.
Error
Code
Support
Code
Cause What to Do
E02 1000
3442
3443
3444
3445
Printer is out of paper.
Printing of the first side is complete when do-
ing manual duplex printing.
• If the printer is out of paper:•
1000
• If you are performing manual duplex print-•
ing:
Prepare to print the other side following
the instructions on the computer screen.
E03 1203
1300
Cover is opened during printing.
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from
rear tray.
• If the cover is open:•
1203
• If paper is jammed:•
1300
E04 168A The 168A support code signifies that possible
causes include the following.
• The ink cartridge is not installed or may
not be installed properly.
• The installed ink cartridge is not compati-
ble with this printer.
168A
E05 1401
1403
1430
1485
Ink cartridge cannot be recognized. Check the following.
• if the color FINE cartridge is installed on
the left side properly
• if the black FINE cartridge is installed on
the right side properly
403
• Model number of each FINE cartridge
If the above does not resolve the problem, re-
place the FINE cartridge with a new one.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
E08 1700
1701
1712
1713
1714
1715
Ink absorber is almost full. 1700
1701
1712
1713
1714
1715
E09 1890 Shipping tape or protective material may still
be attached to FINE cartridge holder.
1890
E11 4102
4103
4104
Cannot perform printing with current print set-
tings.
4102
4103
4104
E13 1686 The 1686 support code signifies that the print-
er has detected an issue with one or more of
your ink cartridges.
1686
E14 1684 The ink cartridge cannot be recognized. 1684
E15 1682 FINE cartridge cannot be recognized. 1682
E16 1688 The 1688 support code signifies that the print-
er has detected that one or more of your ink
cartridges is empty.
1688
E21 1650 The ink cartridge cannot be recognized. 1650
E23 3446 IP address and subnet mask are conflicting. 3446
E24 1651 The printer is still unable to communicate nor-
mally and cannot recognize the status of the
ink cartridge. Printing function is deactivated
until the printer can communicate normally.
1651
E31 – Failed in Wi-Fi setup. Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error.
1. Check the security settings and perform1.
setup again.
2. Perform setup using another setup meth-2.
od.
E32 – Cannot find a wireless router during setup. Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error.
Perform Wi-Fi setup again.
404
E33 – Cannot connect because multiple wireless
routers are connecting to the printer.
Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error.
Perform Wi-Fi setup again after a while (about
2 minutes).
If the above does not resolve the problem, re-
fer to the instruction manual supplied with the
wireless router.
E34 3440 Easy wireless connect has failed. 3440
E36 3441 Easy wireless connect has failed. 3441
E37 – Failed in Wi-Fi setup. Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error.
Turn off the wireless router and turn it back on,
and then perform setup again.
If the above does not resolve the problem, re-
fer to the instruction manual supplied with the
wireless router and check the settings.
E38 – Cannot connect to a wireless router.
Cannot change the LAN settings.
Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error.
Check the following.
• if the printer's Wi-Fi is enabled
• if you select a proper wireless router to
connect
• if the password you entered is correct
• if the specified network name (SSID) is
correct
After checking the above, turn off the wireless
router and turn it on again.
You cannot change LAN settings while you are
using LAN. Change them when you are not
using LAN.
E39 495A An error occurred while communicating via Wi-
Fi or while in standby.
495A
E45 – Cannot connect to network. Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error.
Check the LAN connection and network set-
tings.
Connection may be successful after a while.
E46 – Cannot connect to Internet. Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error.
Check the wireless router settings.
E47 – Cannot connect to server. Press the printer's OK button to resolve the er-
ror and perform operations again after a while.
405
E48 – Cannot connect to server. Press the printer's OK button to resolve the er-
ror and perform operations again after a while.
E49 – Failed in connecting to Internet because net-
work connection is being prepared.
Press the printer's OK button to resolve the er-
ror and perform operations again after a while.
E50 – Failed in acquiring contents. Press the printer's OK button to resolve the er-
ror and perform operations again after a while.
E51 – Cannot connect to server. Press the printer's OK button to resolve the er-
ror and perform operations again after a while.
E54 – Only information registered to the printer is de-
leted because of failing to connect IJ Cloud
Printing Center.
Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error.
Delete registered information of IJ Cloud Print-
ing Center from your computer or smartphone.
E55 – The printer is already registered to IJ Cloud
Printing Center.
Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error.
Delete registered information of IJ Cloud Print-
ing Center and register the printer again.
E56 – The online service is not available in your re-
gion.
Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error.
Contact the provider for where the online serv-
ice is available.
E57 2900 Scanning print head alignment sheet failed. 2900
E58 – Trying to start copying before you register the
paper size.
Register the paper size and start copying.
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel copy-
ing.
E59 2114 Paper size settings at printer driver do not
match the paper size registered in the printer.
2114
E61 3412 Scanning original has failed. 3412
E62 – Unexpected error occurred while scanning is in
progress.
Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error.
Change settings and perform operations
again.
E63 – Reached the upper limit of pages which can be
saved.
Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error.
No more pages can be saved in one file.
Save the rest as different one.
E64 – Scanning original has failed. Original is not placed on the platen or the origi-
nal cannot be scanned.
Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error and check the following.
406
• Make sure the original is placed on the
platen.
• Make sure the original is set in the correct
position and orientation.
After checking the above, perform operations
again.
E65 – Saving scanned data failed because the print-
er's memory is full.
Press the printer's OK button to resolve the
error. And then, take measures below.
• Reduce the resolution and rescan the orig-
inal.
• Reduce the amount of original to be scan-
ned at a time.
E66 3002 The printer is unable to communicate normally
to recognize the status of the ink cartridge.
3002
P02 5100 Printer error has occurred. 5100
P03 6000 Printer error has occurred. 6000
P07 5B00
5B01
5B12
5B13
5B14
5B15
Printer error has occurred. 5B00
5B01
5B12
5B13
5B14
5B15
P06
P08
P09
P20
P22
P26
P27
P28
P29
P34
5011
5012
5050
5200
5205
5206
6500
6800
6801
6830
6831
6832
6833
6900
6901
6902
6910
Printer error has occurred. Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your
nearest Canon service center to request a re-
pair.
407
6930
6931
6932
6933
6936
6937
6938
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6D01
8300
P10 7500
7600
7700
7800
B20B
An error requiring a repair has occurred. Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Contact your nearest Canon service center to
request a repair.
408
Message (Support Code) Appears
This section describes some of the messages that may appear on the computer screen.
Note
• A support code (error number) is displayed on the computer for some errors. For details on errors that
have support code, see List of Support Code for Error.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK.
The printer starts printing.
See Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check1
If the ON lamp is off, make sure printer is plugged in and turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
•
If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
•
There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check3
Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly.
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver and
click here to reinstall them.
Check4
When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager.1.
409
Note
•
If the User Account Control screen appears, select Continue.
2.
Open USB Printing Support Properties.
2.
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
Note
•
If the USB Printing Support Properties screen does not appear, make sure the printer is
•
correctly connected to the computer.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3.
Click General tab and check for a device problem.
3.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Check
If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the
following:
•
"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
•
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
•
"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
•
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
•
"Printer driver could not be found"
•
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver
and click here to reinstall them.
•
"Could not print Application name - File name"
•
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
410
List of Support Code for Error
Support code appears on your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and appears along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code and take the appropriate action in response.
Support Code Appears on Computer Screen
• 1000 to 1ZZZ•
1000 1200 1203 1300 1401 1403
1430 1485 15A2 1650 1651 1682
1684 1686 1688 168A 1700 1701
1712 1713 1714 1715 1890
• 2000 to 2ZZZ•
2114 2900 2901
• 3000 to 3ZZZ•
3002 3412 3440 3441 3442 3443
3444 3445 3446
• 4000 to 4ZZZ•
4102 4103 4104 495A
• 5000 to 5ZZZ•
5011 5012 5050 5100 5200 5205
5206 5B00 5B01 5B12 5B13 5B14
5B15
• 6000 to 6ZZZ•
6000 6500 6800 6801 6830 6831
6832 6833 6900 6901 6902 6910
6930 6931 6932 6933 6936 6937
6938 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944
411
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.
• If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:•
1300
• If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:•
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• Cases other than above:•
Other Cases
413
1300
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from rear tray.
What to Do
Remove the jammed paper following the instructions below.
1.
Slowly pull out paper, either from paper output slot or from rear tray, whichever is easier.
1.
Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it.
Note
• If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper may
be ejected automatically.
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, press
the printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
• If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the•
rear tray, remove the paper from inside the printer.
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
2.
Reload paper and press printer's OK button.
2.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, all jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
•
When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
•
We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
414
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
415
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper either from the paper output slot or the feed
slot, or if the jammed paper remains inside the printer, remove the paper following the instructions below.
Note
• If the periphery of the paper output slot is dirty with ink, clean it before removing jammed paper.
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, press the
printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1.
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
1.
2.
Retract paper output tray and open cover.
2.
Important
• Do not touch clear film (A).•
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
3.
Check if jammed paper is under FINE cartridge holder.
3.
If the jammed paper is under the FINE cartridge holder, move the FINE cartridge holder to the far right or
left, whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
416
When moving the FINE cartridge holder, hold the FINE cartridge holder and slide it slowly to the far right
or left.
4.
Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands.
4.
If the paper is rolled up, pull out it.
5.
Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it.
5.
417
6.
Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
6.
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and
remove any remaining paper.
• Any paper left under the FINE cartridge holder?
• Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
• Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (B) in the printer?
7. Close cover.7.
8.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
8.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
•
When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
•
If a paper jam message appears on your computer screen when you resume printing after
removing all the jammed paper, there may be some paper still inside the printer. Check the printer
again for any remaining bits of paper.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
418
1000
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the rear tray.
• Paper is not loaded in the rear tray properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
• Load paper in the rear tray.•
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
• Align the paper guides of the rear tray with both edges of the paper.•
After carrying out the above measures, press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Note
• To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
No Paper during Printer Setup
Load one or more sheets of A4 or Letter size plain paper in the rear tray.
Note
• After loading the paper, align the paper guides of the rear tray with both edges of the paper.•
419
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Note
• If you are printing a print head alignment sheet during printer setup, do not cancel printing.
420
1200
Cause
Cover is open.
What to Do
Close the cover and wait for a while.
Do not forget to close it, such as after replacing FINE cartridges.
421
1203
Cause
Cover is opened during printing.
What to Do
If paper remains inside the printer, slowly pull out the paper with both hands and close the cover.
Press the printer's OK button to resolve the error.
The printer ejects one blank sheet of paper and resumes printing from the next paper.
The printer will not reprint the page that was printed when the cover is opened. Retry printing.
Important
• Do not open or close the cover during printing, as this can damage the printer.
422
1401
Cause
The 1401 support code signifies that the ink cartridge is not installed.
What to Do
If you intend to PRINT or COPY, install the ink cartridge in accordance with the procedures set forth in the
manual.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
If the error is not resolved, the ink cartridge may be damaged. Contact Canon for repair.
423
1430
Cause
FINE cartridge cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Remove the FINE cartridge and reinstall it.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Replace the FINE cartridge with a new
one.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
424
1485
Cause
Appropriate ink cartridge is not installed.
What to Do
Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge is not compatible with this printer.
Install the appropriate ink cartridge.
If you want to cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
425
1650
Cause
The ink cartridge cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge may not be installed properly or may not be
compatible with this printer.
Install the appropriate ink cartridge.
If you want to cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
426
1651
Cause
The printer is still unable to communicate normally and cannot recognize the status of the ink cartridge.
Printing function is deactivated until the printer can communicate normally.
What to Do
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing.
Take action immediately to enable the printer to communicate normally, following the instructions below.
• Network Connectivity•
Refer to the following page and check the connection status between the printer and the network.
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
• Web Service License Agreement Status•
Print the network setting information of the printer and check "Web Service Status" (registration
status).
Printing Network Settings
If it is not "Registered", refer to the following page and re-register the service.
Re-register the service
• Service Engagement Status•
Refer to the following page and check the service contract status.
Confirm service contract
427
1686
Cause
The 1686 support code signifies that the printer has detected an issue with one or more of your ink
cartridges.
What to Do
If you intend to PRINT or COPY, you should take one of the following steps:
- For each ink cartridge identified by the printer as having an issue, disable the function that detects the
level of ink remaining by pressing the Stop button on the printer for at least five (5) seconds and then
releasing it.
If, due to individual usage factors, there is some residual amount of ink in the cartridge(s), you will be able
to PRINT or COPY until the remaining ink is depleted.
Please note that image quality may be diminished if you PRINT or COPY when there is little ink remaining
in the cartridge(s).
OR
- Open the cover, replace each ink cartridge identified by the printer as having an issue, and then close
the printer's cover.
Canon recommends the use of new, genuine Canon ink cartridges for optimal image quality.
429
1688
Cause
The 1688 support code signifies that the printer has detected that one or more of your ink cartridges is
empty.
What to Do
If you intend to PRINT or COPY, you should take one of the following steps:
- Disable the function that detects the level of ink remaining by pressing the Stop button on the printer for
at least five (5) seconds and then releasing it.
If, due to individual usage factors, there is some residual amount of ink in the cartridge(s), you will be able
to PRINT or COPY until the remaining ink is depleted.
Please note that image quality may be diminished if you PRINT or COPY when there is little ink remaining
in the cartridge(s).
OR
- Open the cover, replace each ink cartridge identified by the printer as being empty, and close the cover.
Canon recommends the use of new, genuine Canon ink cartridges for optimal image quality.
430
FINE Cartridge is Not Installed (168A)
Cause
The 168A support code signifies that possible causes include the following.
• The ink cartridge is not installed or may not be installed properly.
• The installed ink cartridge is not compatible with this printer.
What to Do
If you intend to PRINT or COPY, install the appropriate ink cartridges properly.
If the ink cartridges are already installed, remove the ink cartridges in accordance with the procedures set
forth in the manual, make sure that the ink cartridges are compatible with this printer.
Then install the ink cartridges again.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
431
1700
Cause
Ink absorber is almost full.
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
432
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890)
Cause
Shipping tape or protective material may still be attached to FINE cartridge holder.
What to Do
Store the output tray extension and the paper output tray, open the cover, and make sure that shipping
tape and protective material have been removed from the FINE cartridge holder.
If the shipping tape or protective material is still there, remove it and close the cover.
In the case of the first printer setup, click here, select your printer name on the page, and follow the
instructions.
433
2114
Cause
Paper size settings at printer driver do not match the paper size registered in the printer.
What to Do
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing.
Match the paper loaded in the rear tray with the paper size registered on the printer using the printer's
Paper Select button.
Specify the paper size registered on the printer to the printer driver, and retry printing.
Note
• If the paper size loaded in the rear tray is larger than the paper size set at the printer driver, you can
continue the printing without changing the paper size settings. Press the printer's OK button.
• See below for paper sizes that can be registered in the printer using the printer's Paper Select•
button.
Paper Settings
• You can disable the function to prevent printing error. When this function is disabled, the printer uses•
the paper settings for printing onto the paper in the rear tray regardless of whether or not the paper
matches these settings.
See below for the printing error prevention setting.
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
434
2900
Cause
Scanning print head alignment sheet failed.
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and take the corresponding actions below.
• Make sure the print head alignment sheet is set in the correct position and orientation on the platen.
• Make sure the platen and the print head alignment sheet are not dirty.
• Load A4 or Letter size plain paper in the rear tray.
• Check the print head condition by printing the nozzle check pattern.
After carrying out the above actions, perform automatic print head alignment again.
If the error is still not resolved, press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and perform manual print
head alignment.
435
2901
Cause
Print head alignment pattern has been printed and printer is waiting to scan sheet.
What to Do
Scan the printed alignment pattern.
1.
Load print head alignment sheet on platen.
1.
Place the printed side down and align the mark in the upper left corner of the sheet with the
alignment mark .
2.
Slowly close the document cover and press printer's Color button or Black button.
2.
The printer starts scanning the print head alignment sheet and automatically adjusts the print head
position.
436
4102
Cause
Media type and paper size are not set correctly.
What to Do
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing, change the media type or paper size setting, and then
retry printing.
Note
• When setting Custom Paper Size for media other than plain paper, set the Width to 127.0 mm (5.00
in.) or less.
437
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing.
Change the print settings specified when printing and retry printing.
438
5011
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
439
5012
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
440
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If you are printing, press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing, then turn off the printer.
Check the following:
• Make sure FINE cartridge holder motion is not impeded by stabilizer, jammed paper, etc.•
Remove any impediment.
Important
• When clearing an impediment to FINE cartridge holder motion, be careful not to touch clear film•
(A).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
• Make sure the FINE cartridges are properly installed.•
Push up the ink cartridge lock lever until it clicks.
Turn the printer back on.
441
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
442
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
After a while, plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
443
5B00
Cause
The 5B00 support code signifies that the ink absorber is full.
Ink used during cleaning and other processes is captured in the ink absorber. The printer will not be able
to print when the ink absorber is full.
What to Do
If you intend to PRINT or COPY, the ink absorber should be replaced. Contact Canon for repair as soon
as possible.
444
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed, remove it depending on the jammed location and cause.
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
445
